Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

to sacrifice to the good of the state

  • 1 सु _su

    1
    सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)
    1 To press out or extract juice.
    -2 To distil.
    -3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.
    -4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).
    -5 To bathe.
    -6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.
    2
    सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--
    1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.
    -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.
    -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.
    -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.
    -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.
    -6 Worthy of respect or reverence.
    -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.
    -Comp. -अक्ष a.
    1 having good eyes.
    -2 having keen organs, acute.
    -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.
    -अच्छ a. see s. v.
    -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.
    -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.
    -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.
    -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.
    - आगत see s. v.
    -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.
    -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.
    -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.
    -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (
    -क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).
    (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.
    -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.
    1 a hymn.
    -2 praise, a word of praise.
    -उक्तिः f.
    1 a good or friendly speech.
    -2 a good or clever saying.
    -3 a correct sentence.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 very superior.
    -2 well towards the north.
    -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (
    -नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.
    -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.
    - उपसदन a. easy to be approached.
    -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.
    -कण्टका the aloe plant.
    -कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (
    -ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.
    -कण्डुः itch.
    -कन्दः 1 an onion.
    -2 a yam.
    -3 a sort of grass.
    -कन्दकः onion.
    -कर a. (
    -रा or
    -री f.)
    1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.
    -2 easy to be managed. (
    -रः) a good-natured horse. (
    -रा) a tractable cow. (
    -रम्) charity, benevolence.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.
    -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.
    -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)
    -कलिल a. well filled with.
    -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.
    -कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.
    -कल्य a. perfectly sound.
    -काण्डः the Kāravella plant.
    -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.
    -काण्डिन् a.
    1 having beautiful stems.
    -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.
    -काष्ठम् fire-wood.
    -कुन्दकः an onion.
    -कुमार a.
    1 very delicate or soft, smooth.
    -2 beautifully young or youthful.
    (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.
    -2 a kind of sugar-cane.
    -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).
    -4 a kind of mustard.
    -5 the wild Cham- paka.
    (-रा) 1 the double jasmine.
    -2 the plantain.
    -3 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.
    -2 rice (शालि).
    (-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.
    -2 a particutar part of the ear.
    -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.
    -कृत् a.
    1 doing good, benevolent.
    -2 pious, virtuous, righteous.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 for- tunate, lucky.
    -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)
    1 a skilful worker.
    -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.
    -कृत a.
    1 done well or properly.
    -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.
    -3 well made or constructed.
    -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.
    -5 virtuous, righteous, pious.
    -6 lucky, fortunate.
    (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.
    -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.
    -3 fortune, auspiciousness.
    -4 recompense, reward.
    -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.
    -कृतिः f.
    1 well-doing, a good act.
    -2 kindness, virtue.
    -3 practice of penance.
    -4 auspiciousness.
    -कृतिन् a.
    1 acting well or kindly.
    -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 benevolent.
    -5 fortunate, lucky.
    -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.
    -केश(स)रः the citron tree.
    -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of Indra.
    -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.
    -5 of the sun.
    -6 of Soma.
    -क्रयः a fair bargain.
    -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.
    -खल्लिका luxurious life.
    -ग a.
    1 going gracefully or well.
    -2 graceful, elegant.
    -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.
    -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (
    -गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.
    (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.
    -2 happiness.
    -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.
    -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.
    -गत a.
    1 well-gone or passed.
    -2 well-bestowed. (
    -तः) an epithet of Buddha.
    -गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.
    -2 a secure refuge.
    -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a trader.
    (-न्धम्) 1 sandal.
    -2 small cumin seed.
    -3 a blue lotus.
    -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (
    -न्धा) sacred basil.
    -गन्धकः 1 sulphur.
    -2 the red Tulasee.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 a kind of gourd,
    -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.
    -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.
    -गन्धि a.
    1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.
    -2 virtuous, pious.
    (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (
    -न्धि n.)
    1 the root of long pepper.
    -2 a kind of fragrant grass.
    -3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला
    1 nutmeg.
    -2 areca nut.
    -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.
    -गन्धिकः 1 incense.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a kind of rice. (
    -कम्) the white lotus.
    -गम a.
    1 easy of access, accessible.
    -2 easy.
    -3 plain, intelligible.
    -गरम् cinnabar.
    -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.
    -गात्री a beautiful woman.
    -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.
    -गृह a. (
    -ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.
    -गृहीत a.
    1 held well or firmly, grasped.
    -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.
    1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.
    -ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.
    -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.
    (-वः) 1 a hero.
    -2 a swan.
    -3 a kind of weapon.
    -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -5 of Śiva.
    -6 of Indra.
    -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.
    -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.
    -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (
    -षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.
    -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)
    1 discerning or wise man, learned man.
    -2 The glomerous fig-tree.
    -चरित, -चरित्र a.
    1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.
    -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (
    -तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.
    -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (
    -ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.
    -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.
    -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.
    -2 a kind of speckled snake.
    -चित्रा a kind of gourd.
    -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.
    -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.
    -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.
    -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.
    -चेतस् a.
    1 well-minded.
    -2 wise.
    -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.
    -चेलकः a fine cloth.
    -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.
    -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (
    -त्रा) the river Sutlej.
    -जन a.
    1 good, virtuous, respectable.
    -2 kind, benevolent.
    (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.
    -2 a gentleman.
    -3 N. of Indra's charioteer.
    -जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.
    -2 a number of good men.
    -3 bravery.
    -जन्मन् a.
    1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.
    -2 legitimate, lawfully born.
    -जलम् a lotus.
    -जल्पः 1 a good speech.
    -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥
    -जात a.
    1 well-grown, tall.
    -2 well made or produced.
    -3 of high birth.
    -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.
    -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.
    -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).
    -तनु a.
    1 having a beautiful body.
    -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.
    -3 emaciated. (
    -नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.
    -तन्त्री a.
    1 well-stringed.
    -2 (hence) melodious.
    -तपस् a.
    1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.
    -2 having great heat. (-m.)
    1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.
    -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.
    -तप्त a.
    1 greatly harassed, afflicted.
    -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.
    -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.
    -तराम् ind.
    1 bet- ter, more excellently.
    -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.
    -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.
    -4 consequently.
    -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.
    -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).
    -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.
    -2 the foundation of a large building.
    -तान a. melodious.
    -तार a.
    1 very bright.
    -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.
    -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (
    -रः) a kind of perfume. (
    -रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.
    -तिक्तकः the coral tree.
    -तीक्ष्ण a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very pungent.
    -3 acutely painful.
    (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.
    -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.
    -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.
    -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.
    -2 the culminating point of a planet.
    -तुमुल a. very loud.
    -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (
    -नः) a well-pointed arrow.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very bright, or splendid.
    -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 very sincere or upright.
    -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.
    -3 very skilful.
    -4 very polite. (
    -णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.
    -दण्डः a cane, ratan.
    -दत् a. (
    -ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.
    -दन्तः 1 a good tooth.
    -2 an actor; a dancer. (
    -न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.
    -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).
    -दर्शन a. (
    -ना or
    -नी f.)
    1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.
    -2 easily seen. (
    -नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of mount Meru.
    -4 a vul- ture. (
    -नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (
    -नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.
    -दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.
    -2 a woman.
    -3 an order, a command.
    -4 a kind of drug.
    -दास् a. very bountiful.
    -दान्तः a Buddhist.
    -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)
    1 a cloud.
    -2 a moun- tain.
    -3 the sea.
    -4 N. of Indra's elephant.
    -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.
    -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.
    -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.
    -3 one who offers such a gift.
    -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.
    -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.
    -दिह् a. well-polished, bright.
    -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (
    -र्घा) a kind of cucumber.
    -दुराधर्ष a.
    1 very hard to get.
    -2 quite intolerable.
    -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.
    -दुरासद a. unapproachable.
    -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.
    -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.
    -दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.
    -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.
    -दुश्चर a.
    1 inaccessible.
    -2 very painful.
    -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.
    -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.
    -दूर a. very distant or remote. (
    -सुदूरम् means
    1 to a great distance.
    -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.
    -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').
    -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.
    -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.
    -देशिकः a good guide.
    -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)
    1 a good archer or bowman.
    -2 Ananta, the great serpent.
    -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.
    -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)
    1 the hall or palace of Indra.
    -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.
    -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.
    -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.
    -धात a. well cleaned.
    -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -धित a. Ved.
    1 perfect, secure.
    -2 kind, good.
    -3 happy, prosperous.
    -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).
    -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (
    -धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः
    1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.
    -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (
    -स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या
    1 a woman.
    -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.
    -3 a sort of pigment.
    -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.
    -नन्दः a kind of royal palace.
    -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.
    -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.
    -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.
    -नयः 1 good conduct.
    -2 good policy.
    - नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -नाभ a.
    1 having a beautiful navel.
    -2 having a good nave or cen- tre.
    (-भः) 1 a mountain.
    -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (
    -भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.
    -नालम् a red water-lily.
    -निःष्ठित a. quite ready.
    -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (
    -तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.
    -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.
    -निरूहणम् a good purgative.
    -निर्णिक्त a. well polished.
    -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).
    -निहित a. well-established.
    -नीत a.
    1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.
    -2 polite, civil.
    (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.
    -2 good policy or prodence.
    -नीतिः f.
    1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.
    -2 good policy.
    -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.
    -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.
    (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.
    -3 Ved. a good leader.
    -नील a. very black or blue. (
    -लः) the pomegranate tree. (
    -ला) common flax.
    (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.
    -नु n. water.
    -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.
    -पक्व a.
    1 well-cooked.
    -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (
    -क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.
    -पठ a. legible.
    -पत्नी a woman having a good husband.
    -पत्र a.
    1 having beautiful wings.
    -2 well-feathered (an arrow).
    -पथः 1 a good road.
    -2 a good course.
    -3 good conduct.
    -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.
    -पद्मा orris root.
    -परीक्षित a. well-examined.
    -पर्ण a. (
    -र्णा or
    -र्णी f.)
    1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.
    -2 having good or beautiful leaves.
    (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.
    -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.
    -3 any supernatural bird.
    -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.
    -5 a cock.
    -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.
    -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.
    -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.
    -पर्णा, -पर्णी f.
    1 a number of lotuses.
    -2 a pool abounding in lotuses.
    -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.
    -पर्यवदात a. very clean.
    -पर्याप्त a.
    1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.
    -2 well-fitted.
    -पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)
    1 a bam- boo.
    -2 an arrow.
    -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.
    -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).
    -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.
    -पलायित a.
    1 completely fled or run away.
    -2 skilfully retreated.
    -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).
    -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.
    -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.
    -पाद् (
    -पाद् or
    -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.
    -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).
    -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.
    -पालि a. distinguished.
    -पीतम् 1 a carrot.
    -2 yellow sandal. (
    -तः) the fifth Muhūrta.
    -पुंसी a woman having a good husband.
    -पुरम् a strong fortress.
    -पुष्प a. (
    -ष्पा or
    -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.
    (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.
    -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (
    -ष्पी) the plantain tree.
    (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.
    -2 the menstrual excretion.
    -पुष्पित a.
    1 well blossomed, being in full flower.
    -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.
    -पूर a.
    1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.
    -2 well-filling. (
    -रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).
    -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.
    -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.
    -प्रकाश a.
    1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.
    -2 public, notorious.
    -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.
    -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.
    -प्रतिष्ठ a.
    1 standing well.
    -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.
    (-ष्ठा) 1 good position.
    -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.
    -3 esta- blishment, erection.
    -4 installation, consecration.
    -प्रतिष्ठित a.
    1 well-established.
    -2 consecrated.
    -3 ce- lebrated. (
    -तः) the Udumbara tree.
    -प्रतिष्णात a.
    1 thoroughly purified.
    -2 well-versed in.
    -3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.
    -प्रतीक a.
    1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.
    -2 having a beau- tiful trunk.
    (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.
    -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.
    -प्रपाणम् a good tank.
    -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (
    -भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.
    -2 the earliest dawn.
    -प्रभावः omnipotence.
    -प्रमाण a. large-sized.
    -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.
    -प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.
    -2 close contact.
    -3 dexterity.
    -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.
    -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.
    -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (
    -दः) N. of Śiva.
    -प्रातम् a fine morning.
    -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (
    -यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.
    (-या) 1 a charming woman.
    -2 a beloved mistress.
    -प्रौढा a marriageable girl.
    -फल a.
    1 very fruitful, very productive.
    -2 very fertile.
    (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.
    -2 the jujube.
    -3 the Karṇikāra tree.
    -4 a kind of bean.
    (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.
    -2 the plan- tain tree.
    -3 a variety of brown grape.
    -4 colocynth.
    -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः sesamum.
    -बभ्रु a. dark-brown.
    -बल a. very powerful.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the father of Śakuni.
    -बान्धवः N. of Śiva.
    -बाल a. very childish.
    -बाहु a.
    1 handsome- armed.
    -2 strong-armed. (
    -हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.
    -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy.
    -बोध a.
    1 easily apprehended or understood. (
    -धः) good information or advice.
    -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.
    -भग a.
    1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.
    -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.
    -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.
    -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.
    -5 illustrious.
    (-गः) 1 borax.
    -2 the Aśoka tree.
    -3 the Champaka tree.
    -4 red amarnath. (
    -गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.
    1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.
    -2 vain, flattering oneself.
    -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.
    -2 an honoured mother.
    -3 a kind of wild jasmine.
    -4 turmeric.
    -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.
    -6 the holy basil.
    -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.
    -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.
    -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.
    -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.
    -भट्टः a learned man.
    -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (
    -द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (
    -द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.
    -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.
    -2 the Bilva tree.
    -भाषित a.
    1 spoken well or eloquent.
    (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.
    -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.
    -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).
    -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.
    -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.
    -भीरकः the Palāśa tree.
    -भीरुकम् silver.
    -भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.
    -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.
    -भूतिकः the Bilva tree.
    -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.
    -भृत a.
    1 well-paid.
    -2 heavily laden.
    -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (
    -भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)
    -मङ्गल a.
    1 very auspicious.
    -2 abounding in sacrifices.
    -मति a. very wise. (
    -तिः f.)
    1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.
    -2 a favour of the gods.
    -3 a gift, blessing.
    -4 a prayer, hymn.
    -5 a wish or desire.
    -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.
    -मदनः the mango tree.
    -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.
    -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.
    -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.
    -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.
    -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.
    (-नः) 1 wheat.
    -2 the thorn-apple. (
    -ना) the great-flowered jasmine.
    -मनस् a.
    1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.
    -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence
    -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)
    1 a god, divinity.
    -2 a learned man.
    -3 a student of the Vedas.
    -4 wheat.
    -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)
    1 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.
    -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.
    -मन्तु a.
    1 advising well.
    -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.
    -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.
    -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.
    -मर्दित a. much harassed.
    -मर्षण a. easy to be borne.
    -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.
    -मुख a. (
    -खा or
    -खी f.)
    1 having a beautiful face, lovely.
    -2 pleasing.
    -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.
    -4 favour- able, kind.
    -5 well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.
    (-खः) 1 a learned man.
    -2 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.
    -4 of Śiva.
    (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.
    -2 a kind of building.
    (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.
    -2 a mirror.
    -मूलकम् a carrot.
    -मृत a. stone-dead.
    -मेखलः the Muñja grass.
    -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.
    -मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -यन्त्रित a.
    1 well-governed.
    -2 self-controlled.
    -यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.
    -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.
    -यामुनः 1 a palace.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -युक्तः N. of Śiva.
    -योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.
    -2 good opportunity.
    -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.
    -रक्त a.
    1 well coloured.
    -2 im- passioned.
    -3 very lovely.
    -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.
    -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.
    -2 a kind of mango tree.
    -रङ्गः 1 good colour.
    -2 the orange.
    -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).
    (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.
    -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.
    -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.
    -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.
    -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.
    -रत a.
    1 much sported.
    -2 playful.
    -3 much enjoyed.
    -4 compassionate, tender.
    (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.
    -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली
    1 a female messenger, a go-between.
    -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.
    -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.
    -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.
    -2 sweet.
    -3 elegant (as a composition). (
    -सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (
    -सा) N. of Durgā. (
    -सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.
    (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.
    -2 fragrant grass.
    -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)
    1 a good king.
    -2 a divinity.
    -राजिका a small house-lizard.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.
    -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.
    -रूप a.
    1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.
    -2 wise, learned. (
    -पः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.
    -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.
    -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (
    -भम्) tin.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.
    -2 fortunate.
    (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.
    -2 a good or auspicious mark.
    -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.
    -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.
    -लभ a.
    1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.
    -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.
    -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.
    -लिखित a. well registered.
    -लुलित a.
    1 moving playfully.
    -2 greatly hurt, injured.
    -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.
    -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.
    -लोहकम् brass.
    -लोहित a. very red. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.
    -2 correct utterance. (
    -क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.
    -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.
    -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.
    -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.
    -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.
    -2 linseed.
    -वर्चसः N. of Śiva.
    -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.
    -वर्ण see s. v.
    -वर्तित 1 well rounded.
    -2 well arranged.
    -वर्तुलः a water-melon.
    -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.
    -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).
    -वह a.
    1 bearing well, patient.
    -2 patient, enduring.
    -3 easy to be borne-
    (-हा) 1 a lute.
    -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.
    -वासः 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a pleasant dwelling.
    -3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.
    -वासकः a water-melon.
    -वासरा cress.
    -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.
    -2 a married woman whose husband is alive.
    -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (
    -न्तः) a hero. (
    -न्तम्) heroism.
    -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.
    -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.
    -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.
    -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.
    -2 a king.
    -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.
    -विदत् m. a king
    -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.
    -2 wealth.
    -3 grace, favour.
    -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (
    -ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.
    -विदल्ला a married woman.
    -विध a. of a good kind.
    -विधम् ind. easily.
    -विधिः a good rule, ordinance.
    -विनीत a.
    1 well trained, modest.
    -2 well executed. (
    -ता) a tractable cow.
    -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.
    -विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.
    -विरूढ a.
    1 fully grown up or developed.
    -2 well ridden.
    -विविक्त a.
    1 solitary (as a wood).
    -2 well decided (as a question).
    -विहित a.
    1 well-placed, well-deposited.
    -2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.
    -3 well done or performed.
    -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.
    -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy. (
    -जम्) good seed.
    -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.
    -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.
    -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.
    -वीर्य a.
    1 having great vigour.
    -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.
    (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism
    -2 abundance of heroes.
    -3 the fruit of the jujube. (
    -र्या) wild cotton.
    -वृक्तिः f.
    1 a pure offering.
    -2 a hymn of praise.
    -वृत्त a.
    1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.
    -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (
    -त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (
    -त्ता) a sort of grape.
    -वेल a.
    1 tranquil, still.
    -2 humble, quiet. (
    -लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (
    -तः) a religious student.
    (-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.
    -2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.
    -शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.
    -शक a. capable of being easily done.
    -शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].
    -शल्यः the Khadira tree.
    -शाकम् undried ginger.
    -शारदः N. of Śiva.
    -शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.
    -शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.
    -शिखः fire.
    (-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.
    -2 a cock's comb.
    -शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.
    -शीम a. cold, frigid. (
    -मः) coldness
    -शील a. good-tempered, amiable.
    (-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.
    -2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.
    -शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.
    -शोण a. dark-red.
    -श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.
    -श्रुत a.
    1 well heard.
    -2 versed in the Vedas.
    -3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (
    -तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.
    -श्लिष्ट a.
    1 well-arranged or united.
    -2 well-fitted; Māl.1.
    -श्लेषः close union or embrace.
    -श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.
    -संवीत a.
    1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.
    -2 well dressed.
    -संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.
    -संस्कृत a.
    1 well cooked or prepared.
    -2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.
    -संगृहीत a.
    1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.
    -2 well received.
    -3 well kept.
    -4 well abridged.
    -संध a. true to a promise.
    -संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).
    -सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.
    -सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.
    -समाहित a.
    1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.
    -2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.
    -3 Very intent, attentive.
    -समीहित a. much desired.
    - सरण N. of Śiva.
    -सह a.
    1 easy to be borne.
    -2 bearing or enduring well. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.
    -साधित a. well trained or educated.
    -सार a. having good sap or essence.
    (-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.
    -2 competence.
    -3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.
    -सारवत् n. crystal.
    -सिकता 1 good sand.
    -2 gravel.
    -3 sugar.
    -सुरप्रिया jasmine.
    -सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).
    -सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.
    -स्थ a.
    1 well-suited, being in a good sense.
    -2 in health, healthy, faring well.
    -3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.
    -4 happy, fortunate. (
    -स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.
    -स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (
    -तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.
    -स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.
    1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.
    -2 health, convalescence.
    -स्थिर a.
    1 stable.
    -2 resolute, cool.
    -स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.
    -2 well purified by bathing.
    -स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (
    -ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.
    -स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वर a.
    1 melodious, harmonious.
    -2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.
    -हित a.
    1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.
    -2 beneficial, salutary.
    -3 friendly, affection- ate.
    -4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)
    1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.
    -2 an ally. ˚भेदः
    1 the separation of friends.
    -2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.
    -हृदः a friend.
    -हृदय a.
    1 good-hearted.
    -2 dear, affectionate, loving.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su

  • 2 त्रि _tri

    त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three].
    -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151.
    -2 a third part.
    -3 three-fourths.
    -अक्ष a. triocular.
    -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57.
    -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265.
    -2 a match- maker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables).
    -3 a genealogist. (
    -री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या.
    -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens.
    -2 a sort of colly- rium. (
    -टः) N. of Śiva.
    -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry).
    -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth.
    -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन.
    -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively.
    -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24.
    -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (
    नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4.
    -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds).
    -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (
    -का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots.
    -अब्द a. three years old.
    -ब्दम् three years taken collectively.
    -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak.
    -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī
    -अशीत a. eighty-third.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-three.
    -अष्टन् a. twenty-four.
    -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (
    -स्रम्) a triangle.
    -अहः 1 a period of three days.
    -2 a festival lasting three days.
    -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons.
    -आहिक a.
    1 performed or produced in three days.
    -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever).
    -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128.
    -ऋचम् (
    तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16.
    -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days.
    -ककुद् m.
    1 N. of the moun- tain Trikūṭa.
    -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa.
    -3 the highest, chief.
    -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights.
    -ककुभ् m. Ved.
    1 Indra.
    -2 Indra's thunderbolt.
    -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62.
    -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish.
    -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another.
    -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa).
    -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary.
    -कायः N. of Buddha.
    -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the pre- sent, and the future; or morning, noon and evening.
    -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (
    -लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.)
    1 a divine sage, seer.
    -2 a deity.
    -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m.
    1 a Buddha.
    -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas).
    -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5.
    -कूटम् sea-salt.
    कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges.
    -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle.
    (-णः) 1 a triangle.
    -2 the vulva.
    -खम् 1 tin.
    -2 a cucumber.
    -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bed- steads taken collectively.
    -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax.
    -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below.
    -गत a.
    1 tripled.
    -2 done in three days.
    -गर्ताः (pl.)
    1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the north- west of India.
    -2 the people or rulers of that country.
    -3 a particular mode of calculation.
    -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -3 a pearl.
    -4 a kind of cricket.
    -गुण a.
    1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1.
    -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25.
    -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (
    -णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways.
    -णाः m. (pl.) the three quali- ties or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1.
    (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.).
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice.
    -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34.
    -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three.
    -जगत् n.
    -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmos- phere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74.
    -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon).
    -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius.
    -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61.
    -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27.
    -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16.
    -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajur- veda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26.
    -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17.
    -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband).
    -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2.
    -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpen- ters taken collectively.
    -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one.
    -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (
    -ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3.
    -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1.
    -दशाः (pl.)
    1 thirty.
    -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (
    -शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunder- bolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihas- pati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः
    1 heaven.
    -2 the mountain Meru.
    -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः
    1 Indra.
    -2 Śiva.
    -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः
    1 Agni.
    -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12.
    -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day.
    -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3.
    -2 sky, atmosphere.
    -3 paradise.
    -4 happi- ness. (
    -वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः
    1 an epithet of Indra.
    -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा
    1 the Ganges.
    -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62.
    -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ.
    -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up.
    -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa;
    -तुम् 1 the triple world.
    -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours.
    -धामन् m.
    1 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -2 of Vyāsa;
    -3 of Śiva.
    -4 of Agni.
    -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2.
    -धारा the Ganges.
    -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72.
    - नवत a. ninety-third.
    -नवतिः f. ninety three.
    -नयना Pārvat&imacr.
    -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26.
    -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon.
    -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen.
    -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three.
    -पुटः glass (काच).
    -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect.
    -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines.
    -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree.
    -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world.
    -2 a place where three roads meet. (
    -था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99.
    -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved.
    1 Viṣṇu.
    -2 fever (personified).
    -पद a. three-footed. (
    -दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः...... Śiva. B.22. 62.
    -पदिका 1 a tripod.
    -2 a stand with three feet.
    -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48.
    -2 the Gāyatrī metre.
    -3 a tripod.
    -4 the plant गोधापदी.
    -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire.
    -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree.
    -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure).
    -2 the figure formed by such intersection.
    -पाटिका a beak.
    पाठिन् a.
    1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama.
    -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions.
    -पादः 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 fever.
    -पाद् a.
    1 having three feet.
    -2 con- sisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96.
    -3 trinomial. (-m.)
    1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म).
    -पुट a. triangular.
    (-टः) 1 an arrow.
    -2 the palm of the hand.
    -3 a cubit.
    -4 a bank or shore.
    -पुटकः a triangle.
    -पुटा an epithet of Durgā.
    -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant.
    -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes.
    -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities.
    -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (
    -रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā.
    (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi.
    -2 N. of a country.
    -पुरुष a
    1 having the length of three men.
    -2 having three assistants. (
    -षम्) the three ancestors- father, grand-father and great-grand-father.
    -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (
    ष्ठः) Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुष a.
    1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men.
    2 offered to three (as oblations).
    -3 inherited from three (as an estate).
    -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut.
    -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, areca- nut, and cloves).
    -बन्धनः the individual soul.
    -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f.
    1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39.
    -2 the anus.
    -बलीकम् the anus.
    -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords.
    -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश.
    -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees.
    -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body.
    -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation.
    -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42.
    -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac.
    -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29).
    -भुजम् a triangle.
    -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu.
    -भूमः a palace with three floors.
    -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43.
    -मधु n.
    -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee.
    -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚).
    -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B.
    -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B.
    -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28.
    -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -मुखः an epithet of Buddha.
    -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्.
    -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4.
    -2 Buddha, or Jina.
    -मूर्धन् m.
    1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15.
    -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19.
    -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134.
    -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings.
    -यामकम् sin.
    -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22.
    -2 turmeric.
    -3 the Indigo plant.
    -4 the river Yamuṇā.
    -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35.
    -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, cove- tousness, or infatuation).
    -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्.
    -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (
    -त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (
    -त्रम्) a period of three nights.
    -रेखः a conch-shell.
    -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective.
    -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (
    -गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (
    -गी) the three genders taken collectively.
    -लोकम् the three worlds. (
    -कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of
    1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45.
    -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6.
    -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22.
    -लोचनः Śiva.
    (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper.
    -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak.
    -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्.
    -4 the three higher castes.
    -5 the three myrobalans.
    -6 propriety, decorum.
    -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively.
    -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7.
    -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty)
    -वली the anus.
    -वारम् ind. three times, thrice.
    -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda.
    -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.
    -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold.
    -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78.
    -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god.
    -वृत् a.
    1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42.
    -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.)
    1 a sacrifice.
    -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44.
    -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire.
    -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms).
    -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate.
    -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34.
    -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas.
    -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31.
    -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.]
    -2 the Chātaka bird.
    -3 a cat.
    -4 a grass-hopper.
    -5 a fire- fly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra.
    -शत a. three hundred.
    (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three.
    -2 three hundred.
    -शरणः a Buddha.
    -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा).
    -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72.
    -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers.
    -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9.
    -2 a crown or crest (with three points).
    -शिरस् m.
    1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma.
    -2 an epithet of Kubera.
    -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29.
    -शीर्षः Śiva.
    -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and day- time; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B.
    -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -2 a triangle.
    -शोकः the soul.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-three.
    -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables.
    -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also
    -त्रिसवनम् (
    -षवणम्); Ms.11.216.
    -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb.
    -सप्तत a. seventy-third.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three.
    -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21.
    -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral.
    -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together.
    -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12.
    -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1.
    -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13.
    -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27.
    -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4.
    -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5).
    -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185.
    -स्थली the three sacred places: काशी, प्रयाग, and गया.
    -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest to- gether; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a.
    1 having 3 dwelling places.
    -2 extending through the 3 worlds.
    -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15.
    -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field).
    -हायण a. three years old.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > त्रि _tri

  • 3 आत्मन् _ātman

    आत्मन् m. [अत्-मनिण् Uṇ 4.152 said to be from अन् to breathe also] 'आत्मा यत्नो धृतिर्बुद्धिः स्वभावो ब्रह्मवर्ष्म च' इत्यमरः
    1 The soul, the individual soul, the breath, the principle of life and sensation; किमात्मना यो न जितेन्द्रियो भवेत् H.1; आत्मानं रथिनं विद्धि शरीरं रथमेव तु Kaṭh.3.3. (In आत्मा नदी संयमपुण्यतीर्था H.4.87 आत्मन् is compared to a river).
    -2 Self, oneself; in this sense mostly used reflexively for all three persons and in the singular number, masculine gender, whatever be the gender or number of the noun to which it refers; अनया चिन्तयात्मापि मे न प्रतिभाति Ratn.1; आश्रमदर्श- नेन आत्मानं पुनीमहे Ś.1; गुप्तं ददृशुरात्मानं सर्वाः स्वप्नेषु वामनैः R.1.6,4.35,14.57; Ku.6.2; देवी... प्राप्तप्रसवमात्मानं गङ्गादेव्यां विमुञ्चति U.7.2; गोपायन्ति कुलस्त्रिय आत्मानमात्मना Mb.; K.17; sometimes used in pl. also; आत्मनः स्तुवन्ति Śi.17.19; Māl.8.
    -3 Supreme deity and soul of the universe, Supreme Soul, Brahman; तस्माद्वा एतस्मादात्मन आकाशः संभूतः T. Up.2.1.1; Ms.1.15,12.24.
    -4 Essence, nature; काव्यस्यात्मा ध्वनिः S. D., see आत्मक below.
    -5 Character, peculiarity; आत्मा यक्ष्मस्य नश्यति Rv.1. 97.11.
    -6 The natural temperament or disposition; Bhāg.11.22.2.
    -7 The person or whole body (con- sidered as one and opposed to the separate members of it); स्थितः सर्वोन्नतेनोर्वीं क्रान्त्वा मेरुरिवात्मना R.1.14; योस्या- त्मनः कारयिता Ms.12.12; Ki.9.66.
    -8 Mind, intellect; मन्दात्मन्, नष्टात्मन्, महात्मन् &c. अथ रामः प्रसन्नात्मा श्रुत्वा वायु- सुतस्य ह Rām.6.18.1.
    -9 The understanding; cf. आत्म- संपन्न, आत्मवत् &c.
    -1 Thinking faculty, the faculty of thought and reason.
    -11 Spirit, vitality, courage; त्यक्त्वा$$त्मानमथाब्रवीत् Mb.12.18.6.
    -12 Form, image; आत्मानमाधाय Ku.3.24 assuming his own form; 2.61; संरोपिते$प्यात्मनि Ś.6.24 myself being implanted in her.
    -13 A son; 'आत्मा वै पुत्रनामासि' इति श्रुतेः । तस्यात्मा शितिकण्ठस्य Śi.2.61.
    -14 Care, efforts, pain.
    -15 The sun.
    -16 Fire.
    -17 Wind, air.
    -18 Mental quality; बाहुश्रुत्यं तपस्त्यागः श्रद्धा यज्ञक्रिया क्षमा । भावशुद्धिर्दया सत्यं संयमश्चात्मसंपदः ॥ Mb.12.167.5. आत्मन् is used as the last member of comp. in the sense of 'made or consisting of'; see आत्मक. The form त्मन् is also found to be used; कृतार्थं मन्यते त्मानं Mb. [cf. Gr. atmos, aitmen]
    -Comp. -अधीन a.
    1 dependent on oneself, independent.
    -2 sentient, existing.
    (-नः) 1 a son.
    -2 a wife's brother.
    -3 the jester or विदूषक (in dramatic literature).
    -अनुरूप a. worthy of oneself; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः Ku. 1.18; R.1.33.
    -अनुगमनम् peronal attendance; शश्वदा- त्मानुगमनेन गाम् R.1.88.
    -अपहारः concealing oneself; कथं वा आत्मापहारं करोमि Ś.1.
    -अपहारकः one who pre- tends to belong to a higher class than his own, an impostor, a pretender; यो$न्यथा सन्तमात्मानमन्यथा सत्सु भाषते । स पापकृत्तमो लोके स्तेन आत्मापहारकः ॥ Ms.4.255.
    -आदिष्ट a. self-counselled. (
    -ष्टः) a treaty dictated by the party wishing it himself; स्वसैन्येन तु संघानमात्मादिष्ट उदाहृतः H.4.121.
    -आनन्द a. Rejoicing in the soul or Supreme Spirit; आत्ममिथुनः आत्मानन्दः Ch. Up.7.25.2.
    -आराम a.
    1 striving to get knowledge; (as an ascetic or योगिन्), seeking spiritual knowledge; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23.
    -2 selfpleased, delighted in self; आत्मारामः फलाशी. see आत्मानन्द Bh.3.93; cf. Bg.5.24.
    -आशिन् m. a fish supposed to feed on its young, or on the weakest of its species; cf. मत्स्या इव जना नित्यं भक्षयन्ति परस्परम् Rām.
    -आश्रय a.
    1 dependent on oneself or on his own mind.
    -2 About or relating to oneself; कौलीनमात्माश्रयमाचचक्षे R.14.36.
    (-यः) 1 self dependence.
    -2 innate idea, abstract knowledge independent of the thing to be known.
    -ईश्वर a. Self-possessed, master of self; आत्मेश्वराणां न हि जातु विघ्नाः समाधिभेदप्रभवो भवन्ति Ku.3.4.
    -उदयः self-exaltation or elevation; आत्मोदयः परज्यानिर्द्वयं नीतिरितीयति Śi.2.3
    -उद्भव a. born or produced from oneself.
    (-वः) 1 a son; आत्मोद्भवे वर्णचतुष्टयस्य R.18.12.
    -2 Cupid.
    -3 sorrow, pain.
    (-वा) 1 daughter.
    -2 intellect.
    -3 N. of a plant (माषपर्णी; Mar. रानउडीद).
    -उपजीविन् m.
    1 one who lives by his own labour; Ms.7.138.
    -2 a day-labourer.
    -3 one who lives by his wife (Kull. on Ms.8.362).
    -4 an actor, public performer.
    -उपनिषद् f. N. of an उपनिषद् which treats of the Supreme Spirit.
    - उपम a. like oneself. (
    -मः) a son.
    -औपम्यम् Likeness to self. आत्मौपम्येन सर्वत्र Bg.6.32.
    -कर्मन् One's own duty; आत्मौपकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R.
    -काम a.
    1 loving oneself, possessed of self-conceit, proud; आत्मकामा सदा चण्डी Rām.2.7.1.
    -2 loving Brahman or the Supreme Spirit only; भगवन् वयमात्मकामाः Maitr. Up.7.1.
    -कार्यम् one's own business, private affair.
    -कृत a.
    1 self-executed, done by oneself; पौरा ह्यात्मकृताद्दुःखाद्विप्रमोच्या नृपात्मजैः Rām.2.46.23.
    -2 done against one's own self; Vāj.8.13.
    -गत a. produced in one's mind; ˚तो मनोरथः Ś.1. (
    -तम्) ind. aside (to oneself) being considered to be spoken privately (opp. प्रकाशम् aloud); frequently used as a stage-direction in dramas; it is the same as स्वगतम् which is thus defined; अश्राव्यं खलु यद्वस्तु तदिह स्वगतं मतम् S. D.6.
    -गतिः f.
    1 course of the soul's existence.
    -2 one's own course; Bhāg.5.17.3. ˚गत्या by one's own act.
    -गुप्ता The plant Mucuna Pruritus Hook (Mar. कुयली).
    -गुप्तिः f. a cave, the hiding place of an animal, lair.
    -ग्राहिन् a. selfish, greedy.
    -घातः 1 suicide.
    -2 heresy.
    -घातकः, -घातिन् 1 a suicide, a self-destroyer; K.174; व्यापादयेद् वृथात्मानं स्वयं यो$गन्युदका- दिभिः । अवैधेनैव मार्गेण आत्मघाती स उच्यते ॥
    -2 a heretic.
    -घोषः 1 a cock (calling out to himself).
    -2 a crow.
    -3 One who flatters himself. cf. आत्मघोषो वायसे स्यादात्म- स्तुतिपरे$पि च Nm.
    -जः, -जन्मन् m.
    -जातः, -प्रभवः, -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; यः स वासवनिर्जेता रावणस्यात्म- संभवः Rām.6.86.33; हतान्निहन्मेह नरर्षभेण वयं सुरेशात्मसमु- द्भवेन Mb.7.118.2; तमात्मजन्मानमजं चकार R.5.36; तस्यामात्मानुरूपायामात्मजन्मसमुत्सुकः R.1.33; Māl.1; Ku.6.28.
    -2 Cupid; ममायमात्मप्रभवो भूयस्त्वमुपयास्यति Rām.4.1.34.
    -3 a descendant; मृगयां वि<?>रन्काश्चिद्विजने जनकात्मजः Mb.12.39.1.
    -जा 1 a daughter; वन्द्यं युगं चरणयोर्जनकात्मजायाः R.13.78; cf. नगात्मजा &c.
    -2 the reasoning faculty, understanding.
    -जयः 1 one's own victory.
    -2 victory over oneself, self-denial or abnega- tion.
    -ज्योतिस् n. The light of the soul or Supreme Spirit (चैतन्य); कौस्तुभव्यपदेशेन स्वात्मज्योतिर्बिभर्त्यजः Bhāg. 12.11.1.
    -ज्ञः, -विद् m. a sage, one who knows himself; तस्मादात्मज्ञं ह्यर्चयेद्भूतिकामः Muṇḍ.3.1.1.
    -ज्ञानम् 1 self-knowledge.
    -2 spiritual knowledge, knowledge of the soul or the Supreme Spirit; सर्वेषामपि चैतेषामात्मज्ञानं परं स्मृतम् Ms.12.85,92.
    -3 true wisdom.
    -तत्त्वम् 1 the true nature of the soul or the supreme spirit; यदात्म- तत्त्वेन तु ब्रह्मतत्त्वं प्रपश्येत Śvet.2.15.
    -2 the highest thing. ˚ज्ञः a sage versed in the Vedānta doctrines.
    -तृप्त a. Self-satisfied; आत्मतृप्तश्च मानवः Bg.3.17.
    -तुष्टि a. self-satisfied. (
    -ष्टिः f.) self-satisfaction.
    -त्यागः 1 self-sacrifice.
    -2 suicide.
    -त्यागिन् m. a.
    1 suicide; आत्मत्यागिन्यो नाशौचोदकभाजनाः Y.3.6.
    -2 a heretic, an unbeliever.
    -त्राणम् 1 self-preservation.
    -2 a body-guard; Rām.5.
    -दर्शः a mirror; प्रसादमात्मीयमिवात्म- दर्शः R.7.68.
    -दर्शनम् 1 seeing oneself.
    -2 spiritual knowledge, true wisdom; सर्वभूतात्मदर्शनम् Y.3.157; cf. Ms.12.91. see आत्मयाजिन.
    -दा a. Ved. granting one's existence or life; य आत्मदा बलदा यस्य विश्व Rv.1.121.2.
    -दानम् self-sacrifice, resigning oneself.
    -दूषि a. Ved. corrupting the soul; self-destroying; Av.16.1.3.
    -देवता a tutelary deity.
    -द्रोहिन् a.
    1 self-tormenting, fretful.
    -2 suicide.
    -नित्य a. being constantly in the heart, greatly endeared to oneself.
    -निन्दा self-reproach.
    -निवेदनम् offering oneself (as a living sacrifice to the deity).
    -निष्ठ a. one who constantly seeks for spiritual knowledge.
    -पराजित a. one who has lost himself (Ved.) Av.5.18.2.
    -पुराणम् N. of a work elucidating the Upaniṣads (consisting of 18 chapters).
    -प्रत्ययिक a. knowing from one's experience; आत्मप्रत्ययिकं शास्त्रमिदम् Mb.12.246.13.
    -प्रबोधः 1 cognition of the soul; self-consciousness.
    -2 title of an उपनिषद्.
    -प्रभ a. self-illuminated.
    -प्रवादः 1 conversation about the Supreme Spirit.
    -2 N. of the seventh of the fourteen Pūrvas of the Jainas.
    -प्रशंसा self-praise.
    -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 one's own kinsman; आत्ममातुः स्वसुः पुत्रा आत्मपितुः स्वसुः सुताः । आत्ममातुलपुत्राश्च विज्ञेया ह्यात्मबान्धवाः Śabdak. i. e. mother's sister's son, father's sister's son, and mother's brother's son.
    -2 the soul, the self.
    -बोधः 1 spiritual knowledge.
    -2 knowledge of self.
    -3 N. of a work of Śaṅkarāchārya.
    -भावः 1 existence of the soul; संयोग एषां न तु आत्मभावात् Śvet.1.2.
    -2 the self proper, peculiar nature.
    -3 the body.
    -भू a. self-born, self-existent. (
    -भूः) वचस्यवसिते तस्मिन् ससर्ज गिरमात्मभूः Ku.2.53,3.16,5.81.
    -योनिः 1 N. of Brahmā;
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -3 N. of Śiva; Ś.7.35.
    -4 Cupid, god of love.
    -5 a son. (
    -भूः f.)
    1 a daughter.
    -2 talent, understanding.
    -भूत a.
    1 self-produced; peculiar, belonging to.
    -2 attached, devoted, faithful; तत्रात्मभूतैः कालज्ञैरहार्यैः परिचारकैः Ms.7.217 (Kull. = आत्मतुल्य).
    (-तः) 1 a son.
    -2 Cupid.
    (-ता) 1 a daughter.
    -2 talent.
    -भूयम् 1 peculiarity, own nature.
    -2 Brahman.
    -मात्रा a portion of the Supreme Spirit.
    -मानिन् a. self-respecting, respectable.
    -2 arro- gant, proud; विवेकशून्यः प्रभुरात्ममानी, महाननर्थः सुहृदां बतायम् Bk.12.83.
    -मूर्तिः 1 a brother; भ्राता स्वमूर्तिरात्मनः
    -2 soul, Supreme Spirit.
    -मूल a. self-luminous, shining (God); स आत्ममूलो$वतु मां परात्परः Bhāg.8.3.4.
    -मूलि n. the universe.
    -मूली N. of a plant (दूरालभा; Mar. धमासा).
    -याजिन् 1 sacrificing for oneself or himself. m. a learned man who studies his own nature and that of the soul (of others) to secure eternal felicity, one who looks upon all beings as self; सर्व- भूतेषु चात्मानं सर्वभूतानि चात्मनि । समं पश्यन्नात्मयाजी स्वाराज्यम- धिगच्छति ॥ Ms.12.91.
    -योनिः = ˚भू m. a. v. ददर्श चक्रीकृतचारुचापं प्रहर्तुमभ्युद्यतमात्मयोनिम् Ku.3.7.
    -रक्षा 1 N. of a plant (इन्द्रवारुणीवृक्ष).
    -2 self protection.
    -लाभः birth, production, origin; यैरात्मलाभस्त्वया लब्धः Mu.3.1, 5.23; Ki.3.32,17.19,18.34; K.239.
    -लोमन् 1 the hair of the body.
    -2 the beard.
    -वञ्चक a. self-deceiver.
    -वञ्चना self-delusion; self-deception.
    -वधः, -वध्या, -हत्या suicide.
    -वर्ग्य a. of one's party or class; उद्बाहुना जुहुविरे मुहुरात्मवर्ग्याः Śi.5.15.
    -वश a. depending on one's own will; यद्यत्परवशं कर्म तत्तद्यत्नेन वर्जयेत् । यद्यदात्मवशं तु स्यात्तत्तत्सेवेत यत्नतः ॥ Ms.4.159, सर्वमात्मवशं सुखम् 16.
    (-शः) 1 self-control, self-government.
    -2 one's control, subjection; ˚शं नी, ˚वशीकृ to reduce to subjection, win over.
    -वश्य a. having control over self, self-possessed, self-restrained; आत्मवश्यैर्विधेयात्मा Bg.2.64.
    -विक्रयः sale of oneself or one's own liberty; Ms.11.59.
    -विद् m.
    1 a wise man, sage; as in तरति शोकमात्मवित्; सो$हं भगवो मन्त्रविदेवास्मि नात्मविच्छ्रुत<?>ह्येव Ch. Up.7.1.3.
    -2 knowing one's own self (family &c.); य इहात्मविदो विपक्षमध्ये Śi.2.116.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -विद्या knowledge of the soul, spiritual knowledge; आन्वीक्षिकीं चात्मविद्याम् Ms.7.43.
    -विवृद्धिः, -वृद्धिः f. self-exaltation.
    -वीर a.
    1 mighty, powerful, strong.
    -2 appropriate, suitable, good for oneself (as diet &c.).
    -3 existent, sentient.
    (-रः) 1 a son.
    -2 wife's brother.
    -3 a jester (in dramas); आत्मवीरः प्राणवति श्यालके च विदूषके.
    -वृत्तम्, -वृत्तान्तः account of one's own self, autobiography.
    -वृत्ति a. dwelling in Atman or soul. (
    -त्तिः f.)
    1 state of the heart; किमेभिराशोपहतात्मवृत्तिभिः Ku.5.76.
    -2 action as regards oneself, one's own state or circum- stance; विस्माययन् विस्मितमात्मवृत्तौ R.2.33.
    -3 practising one's own duties or occupation.
    -शक्तिः f. one's own power or ability, inherent power or effort; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361 to the best of one's power.
    -2 illusion.
    -शल्या N. of a plant (शतावरी).
    -शुद्धिः f. self-purification; Ms.11.164; योगिनः कर्म कुर्वन्ति संगं त्यक्त्वा$त्मशुद्धये Bg.5.11.
    -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. self-praise, boasting, bragging.
    -संयमः self-restraint; आत्मसंयमयो- गाग्नौ जुह्वति ज्ञानदीपिते Bg.4.27.
    -संस्थ a. Based upon or connected with the person; आत्मसंस्थं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.25.
    -सतत्त्वम् See आत्मतत्त्वम्; आत्मसतत्त्वं विगणयतः Bhāg.5.13.24.
    -सद् a. Ved. dwelling in oneself; आत्मसदौ स्तं मा मा हिंसिष्टम् Av.5.9.8.
    -संतुष्ट a. self-sufficient.
    -सनि a. Ved. granting the breath of life.
    -सम a. worthy of oneself, equal to oneself; कार्ये गुरुण्यात्मसमं नियोक्ष्ये Ku.3.13.
    -संदेहः 1 internal or personal doubt.
    -2 risk of life, personal risk.
    -संभवः, -समुद्भवः 1 a son; चकार नाम्ना रघुमात्मसंभवम् R.3.21,11.57,17.8.
    -2 Cupid, god of love.
    -3 epi- thet of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, or Śiva.
    -4 the Supreme Being (परमात्मन्).
    (-वा) 1 a daughter.
    -2 understanding, intellect.
    -संपन्न a.
    1 self-possessed; Pt.1.49.
    -2 talented, intelligent; तमात्मसंपन्नमनिन्दितात्मा कृत्वा युवानं युवराजमेव R.18.18.
    -संभावना self-conceit; K.
    -सिद्धिः f. self-aggrandizement, attainment of object or purpose; आगच्छदात्मसिद्ध्यर्थं गोकर्णस्याश्रमं शुभम् Rām.7.9.47.
    -सुख a. self-delighted. (
    -खम्) the highest bliss.
    -स्थ a. At one's own disposal (स्वाधीन); तावदेव मया सार्धमात्मस्थं कुरु शासनम् Rām.2.21.8.
    -हन् a.
    1 one who kills his own soul (neglects its welfare &c.); ये के चात्महनो जनाः Śvet.3.
    -2 a suicide, self-destroyer.
    -3 a heretic, unbeliever.
    -4 a priest in a temple, a servant or attendant upon an idol.
    -हननम्, -हत्या suicide.
    -हित a. beneficial to oneself. (
    -तम्) one's own good or welfare.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > आत्मन् _ātman

  • 4 लॄ _lॄ

    लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =
    लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.
    -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.
    -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.
    -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.
    -7 Peerless, matchless.
    -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.
    -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.
    -1 True.
    -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.
    -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.
    (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 unity, a unit; Hch.
    -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].
    -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.
    -अक्ष a.
    1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -2 having one eye.
    -3 having an excellent eye.
    (-क्षः) 1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.
    (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.
    -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.
    -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.
    -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (
    -कः) One and the same fire.
    -अग्र a.
    1 fixed on one object or point only.
    -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.
    -3 unperplexed.
    -4 known, cele- brated.
    -5 single-pointed. (
    -ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.
    -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (
    -ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.
    -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.
    -2 the planet Mercury or Mars.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.
    -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.
    -2 sandal wood.
    -3 the head. (
    -ङ्गौ) a married couple. (
    -ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.
    -अञ्जलिः A handful.
    -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.
    -अण्डः a kind of horse.
    -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.
    -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).
    -अनुदिष्ट a.
    1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (
    -ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.
    -अन्त a.
    1 solitary, retired.
    -2 aside, apart.
    -3 directed towards one point or object only.
    -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.
    -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.
    -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.
    (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.
    -2 exclusiveness.
    -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.
    -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (
    -तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (
    -तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.
    1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.
    -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.
    -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.
    -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (
    -रः) a kind of fever.
    -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.
    -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.
    -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -अन्नम् one and the same food.
    (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.
    -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.
    -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.
    -अब्दा a heifer one year old.
    1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.
    -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.
    (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.
    -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.
    -3 union of thoughts.
    -4 monotheism.
    -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.
    -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.
    -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.
    -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.
    -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.
    (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.
    -2 the same meaning.
    -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.
    - अवम a. inferior or less by one.
    - अवयव a. made up of the same components.
    -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-one.
    -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.
    -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).
    -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).
    -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (
    -लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).
    -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.
    -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.
    -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.
    -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.
    -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.
    -आयु a.
    1 providing the most excellent food.
    -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.
    -आवलिः, -ली f.
    1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.
    -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.
    -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.
    -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.
    -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.
    -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.
    -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).
    -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.
    -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.
    -ऊन a. less by one, minus one.
    -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (
    -चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.
    -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.
    (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.
    -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.
    -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.
    -ओघः 1 a continuous current.
    -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.
    -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.
    -कर a. (
    -री f.)
    1 doing only one thing.
    -2 (-रा) one-handed.
    -3 one-rayed.
    -कार्य a.
    1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.
    -2 answering the same end.
    -3 having the same occu- pation. (
    -र्यम्) sole or same business.
    -कालः 1 one time.
    -2 the same time, (
    -लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.
    -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.
    -कालीन a.
    1 happening once only;
    -2 Contemporary, coeval.
    -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.
    -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.
    -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).
    -गम्यः the supreme spirit.
    -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (
    -रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).
    -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (
    -मः) the same village.
    -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.
    -चक्र a.
    1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.
    -2 governed by one king only. (
    -क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (
    -क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.
    -चर a.
    1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.
    -2 having one attendant.
    -3 living un- assisted.
    -4 going together or at the same time.
    -5 gregarious.
    -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.
    (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.
    -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.
    - चरण a. having only one foot.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 living alone, solitary.
    -2 going alone or with one follower only.
    -3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (
    -णी) a loyal wife.
    -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.
    (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.
    -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.
    -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.
    -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.
    -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.
    -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (
    -नम्) referring to in the singular number.
    -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.
    -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.
    -ज a.
    1 born alone or single.
    -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.
    -3 alone of its kind.
    -4 uniform, unchanging.
    -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.
    -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.
    -जन्मन् m.
    1 a king.
    -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.
    -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.
    -जाति a.
    1 once born.
    -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (
    -तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.
    -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.
    -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.
    -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.
    -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.
    -तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.
    (-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.
    -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः
    -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.
    -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).
    -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (
    -ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.
    -तीर्थिन् a.
    1 bathing in the same holy water.
    -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.
    -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).
    -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.
    -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.
    -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.
    -2 N. of a Vedantic school.
    -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).
    -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.
    -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.
    -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.
    1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 a philosopher.
    -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.
    -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.
    -देवः the Supreme god.
    -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.
    -देश a. occupying the same place.
    (-शः) 1 one spot or place.
    -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.
    -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.
    -देह, -देहिन् a.
    1 having only one body.
    -2 elegantly formed.
    (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.
    -2 (du.) Husband and wife.
    -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.
    (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.
    -2 honorific offering.
    -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,
    -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.
    1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.
    -2 professing the same religion.
    -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.
    1 fit for but one kind of labour.
    -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).
    -धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.
    -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.
    -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.
    -नयनः The planet Venus.
    -नवतः ninety-first.
    -नवतिः f. ninety-one.
    -नाथ a. having one master.
    (-थः) 1 sole master or lord.
    -2 N. of an author.
    -नायकः N. of Śiva.
    -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (
    -यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.
    -निपातः A particle which is a single word.
    -निष्ठ a.
    1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).
    -2 intently fixed on one object.
    -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).
    -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 of the same side or party, an associate.
    -2 partial. (
    -क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.
    -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.
    -पतिक a. having the same husband.
    -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.
    -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.
    -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.
    -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)
    -पद्, -पाद् a.
    1 one-footed, limping, lame.
    -2 incomplete. (
    -पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (
    -पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66
    -पद a.
    1 one-footed.
    -2 consisting of or named in one word.
    (-दम्) 1 a single step.
    -2 single or simple word.
    -3 the time required to pronounce a single word.
    -4 present time, same time;
    (-दः) 1 a man having one foot.
    -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (
    -दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (
    -दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.
    (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.
    -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.
    -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.
    -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.
    -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.
    -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -3 a plant having one leaf only.
    -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.
    -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.
    -पाणः a single wager.
    -पात a. happening at once, sudden.
    -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).
    -पतिन् a.
    1 sudden.
    -2 standing alone or solitary. (
    -नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.
    -पाद a.
    1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.
    -2 using only one foot.
    (-दः) 1 one or single foot.
    -2 one and the same Pāda.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.
    -पादिका a kind of posture of birds.
    -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.
    -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.
    -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;
    ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.
    -पुत्र a. having only one son.
    -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;
    -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.
    -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.
    -प्रकार a. of the same kind.
    -प्रख्य a. singularly like.
    -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.
    -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).
    -प्रस्थः a measure.
    -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.
    -प्राणयोगः union in one breath.
    -बुद्धि a. having only one thought.
    -भक्त a.
    1 serving one master only.
    -2 worshipping one deity.
    -3 eating together. (
    -भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.
    -भक्ति a.
    1 believing in one deity.
    -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.
    -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (
    -र्यः) one having one wife only.
    -भाव a. of the same or one nature.
    -2 sincerely devoted.
    -3 honest, sincerely disposed.
    (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.
    -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्
    -भूत a.
    1 being one, undivided
    -2 concentrated, closely attentive.
    -भूमः a palace having one floor.
    -भोजन, -भुक्त a.
    1 eating but one meal.
    -2 eating in common.
    -मति a.
    1 fixed on one object.
    -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.
    -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.
    -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.
    -मात्र a. of one syllable.
    -मुख a.
    1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.
    -2 having the same aim.
    -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.
    -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).
    (-खम्) 1 gambling.
    -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).
    -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.
    -मूला = अतसी q. v.
    -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.
    -योनि a.
    1 uterine.
    -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.
    -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).
    -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.
    -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.
    -रस a.
    1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.
    -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.
    -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.
    -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.
    (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.
    -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (
    -सम्) a drama of one sentiment.
    -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.
    -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (
    -त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.
    -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.
    -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.
    -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.
    -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.
    -रूप a.
    1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.
    -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.
    (-पम्) 1 one form or kind;
    -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.
    -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.
    -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.
    -2 N. of Kubera. (
    -ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.
    -वचनम् the singular number.
    -वर्ण a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 identical, same.
    -3 of one tribe or caste.
    -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).
    (-र्णः) 1 one form.
    -2 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 a word of one syllable.
    -4 a superior caste. (
    -र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.
    -वर्णिक a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 of one caste.
    -वर्षिका a heifer one year old.
    -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (
    -स्त्रम्) a single garment.
    -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.
    -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.
    -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.
    ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.
    -वाचक a. Synonymous.
    -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).
    -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.
    -वारम्, -वारे ind.
    1 only once.
    -2 at once, suddenly.
    -3 at one time.
    -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.
    -वासा A woman; Nigh.
    -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (
    -शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.
    -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.
    -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.
    -विंशतिः f. twentyone.
    -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.
    -विध a. of one kind; simple.
    -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.
    -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).
    -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.
    -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.
    -वृक्षः 1 one tree.
    -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.
    -वृत f. heaven.
    -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.
    -2 one heap or collection.
    -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.
    -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.
    -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.
    -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.
    -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.
    -शत a. 11 st. (
    -तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.
    -शक a. whole-hoofed. (
    -फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.
    -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).
    -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.
    -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.
    -शाख a. having one branch. (
    -खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.
    -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.
    -शाला A single hall or room; (
    -लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.
    -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.
    -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (
    -ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.
    -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.
    -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a class of Pitṛis.
    -4 a mountain having one top.
    -शेपः a tree having one root.
    -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.
    -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.
    -श्रुतिः f.
    1 monotony.
    -2 the neutral accentless tone. (
    -ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.
    -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.
    -षष्ट a. sixty-first.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.
    -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.
    -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.
    -सभम् a common place of meeting.
    -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (
    -र्गः) concentration.
    -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.
    -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.
    -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.
    -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).
    -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.
    -स्थ a.
    1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.
    -2 close-standing, standing side by side.
    -3 collected, combined.
    -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.
    -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.
    -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.
    -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (
    -नी) a heifer one year old. (
    -नम्) the period of one year.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लॄ _lॄ

  • 5 कर्मन् _karman

    कर्मन् -m. Viśvakarmā; शक्रस्य नु सभा दिव्या भास्वरा कर्मनिर्मिता Mb.2.7.1. -n. [कृ-मनिन् Uṇ.4.144]
    1 Action, work, deed.
    -2 Execution, performance; प्रीतो$स्मि सो$हं यद् भुक्तं वनं तैः कृतकर्मभिः Rām.5.63.3.
    -3 Business, office, duty; संप्रति विषवैद्यानां कर्म M.4.
    -4 A religious rite (it may be either नित्य, नैमित्तिक or काम्य).
    -5 A specific action, moral duty.
    -6 (a) Performance of religious rites as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of Brahman (opp. ज्ञान); अपरो दहृने स्वकर्मणां ववृते R.8.2. (b) Labour, work.
    -7 Product, result.
    -8 A natural or active property (as support of the earth).
    -9 Fate, the certain consequence of acts done in a former life; कर्मायत्तं फलं पुंसां बुद्धिः कर्मानुसारिणी Bh.2.89,94.
    -1 (In gram.) The object of of an action; कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म P.I.4.49.
    -11 (In Vaiś. Phil.) Motion considered as one of the seven categories of things; (thus defined:-- एकद्रव्यमगुणं संयोगविभागेष्वनपेक्षकारणं कर्म Vaiś. Sūtra. (It is five-fold:-- उत्क्षेपणं ततो$वक्षेपणमाकुञ्चनं तथा । प्रसारणं च गमनं कर्माण्येतानि पञ्च च ॥ Bhāṣā P.6.)
    -12 Organ of sense. प्रजापतिर्ह कर्माणि ससृजे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21.
    -13 Organ of action; कर्माणि कर्मभिः कुर्वन् Bhāg.11.3.6.
    -14 (In Astr.) The tenth lunar mansion.
    -15 Practice, training; सर्वेषां कर्मणा वीर्यं जवस्तेजश्च वर्धते Kau. A.2.2.
    -Comp. -अक्षम a. incapable of doing anything.
    -अङ्गम् part of any act; part of a sacrificial rite (as प्रयाज of the Darśa sacrifice).
    -अधिकारः the right of performing religious rites.
    -अनुरूप a.
    1 according to action or any par- ticular office.
    -2 according to actions done in a pre- vious existence.
    -अनुष्ठानम् practising one's duties.
    -अनुसारः consequence of, or conformity to, acts.
    -अन्तः 1 the end of any business or task.
    -2 a work, busi- ness, execution of business.
    -3 a barn, a store of grain &c. Ms.7.62 (कर्मान्तः इक्षुधान्यादिसंग्रहस्थानम् Kull.)
    -4 cultivated ground.
    -5 a worker; कच्चिन्न सर्वे कर्मान्ताः Rām.2.1.52.
    -अन्तरम् 1 difference or contrariety of action.
    -2 penance, expiation.
    -3 suspension of a religious action.
    -4 another work or action; कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि Bhāg.1.9.1.
    -अन्तिक a. final. (
    -कः) a servant, workman, Rām.1.13.7.
    -अपनुत्तिः f. removing, sending away of कर्म; जन्मकर्माप- नुत्तये Bhāg.12.2.17.
    -अर्ह a. fit or suitable to an act or the rite. (
    -र्हः) a man.
    -आख्या f. Name received from the act performed; तस्मात् छिन्नगमनो$श्वो$पि छाग इति कर्माख्या भविष्यति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.37.
    -आजीवः one who maintains himself by some profession (as that of an artisan &c.)
    -आत्मन् a. endowed with the princi- ples of action, active; कर्मात्मनां च देवानां सो$सृजत्प्राणिनां प्रभुः Ms.1.22. (-m.) the soul.
    -आयतनम् see कर्मेन्द्रियम्; शव्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः । गत्युक्त्युत्सर्गशिल्पानि कर्मायतनसिद्धयः Bhāg.11.22.16.
    -आशयः receptacle or accumulation of (good and evil) acts; निर्हृत्य कर्माशयमाशु याति परां गतिम् Bhāg.1.46.32.
    -इन्द्रियम् an organ of action, as distinguished from ज्ञानेन्द्रिय; (they are:- वाक्पाणिपादपायूपस्थानि; Ms.2.99; see under इन्द्रिय also) कर्मेन्द्रियाणि संयम्य Bg.3.6,7.
    -उदारम् any valiant or noble act, magnanimity, prowess.
    -उद्युक्त a. busy, engaged, active, zealous.
    -करः 1 a hired labourer (a servant who is not a slave); आ तस्य गोः प्रतिदानात् कर्मकारी आगबीनः कर्मकरः Mbh. on P.V.2.14. कर्मकराः स्थपत्यादयः Pt.1; Śi.14.16.
    -2 Yama.
    -कर्तृ m. (in gram.) an agent who is at the same time the object of the action; e. g. पच्यते ओदनः, it is thus defined:- क्रियमाणं तु यत्कर्म स्वयमेव प्रसिध्यति । सुकरैः स्वैर्गुणैः कर्तुः कर्मकर्तेति तद्विदुः ॥ न चान्तरेण कर्मकर्तारं सकर्मका अकर्मका भवन्ति Mbh. on P.I.3.27
    -काण्डः, -ण्डम् that department of the Veda which relates to ceremonial acts and sacrificial rites and the merit arising from a due performance thereof.
    -कारः 1 one who does any business, a mechanic, artisan (technically a worker not hired).
    -2 any labourer in general (whether hired or not).
    -3 a black-smith; हरिणाक्षि कटाक्षेण आत्मानमवलोकय । न हि खङ्गो विजानाति कर्मकारं स्वकारणम् ॥ Udb.
    -4 a bull.
    -कारिन् m. a labourer, artisan, workman.
    -कार्मुकः, -कम् a strong bow.
    -कीलकः a washerman.
    -कृत्यम् activity, the state of active exertion; यः प्रथमः कर्मकृत्याय जज्ञे Av.4.24.6.
    -क्षम a. able to perform any work or duty; आत्मकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R.1.13.
    -क्षेत्रम् the land of religious acts, i. e. भरतवर्ष; Bhāg.5.17.11. cf. कर्मभूमि.
    -गतिः f. the course of fate; अथ कर्मगतिं चित्रां दृष्ट्वा$स्य हसितं मया Ks.59.159.
    -गृहीत a. caught in the very act (as a thief.).
    -ग्रन्थिः f. a term in Jaina metaphysics connoting 'weakness in the form of वासनाs produced by अज्ञान'.
    -घातः leaving off or suspending work.
    -च(चा)ण्डालः 1 'base in deed', a man of very low acts or deeds; Vasiṣṭha mentions these kinds:-- असूयकः पिशुनश्च कृतघ्नो दीर्घरोषकः । चत्वारः कर्मचाण्डाला जन्मतश्चापि पञ्चमः ॥
    -2 one who com- mits an atrocious deed; अपूर्वकर्मचण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुच्च माम् U.1.46.
    -3 N. of Rāhu.
    -चेष्टा active exertion, action. कर्मचेष्टास्वहः Ms.1.66.
    -चोदना 1 The motive impelling one to ritual acts. ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना Bg.18.18.
    -2 any positive rule enjoining a religious act.
    -च्छेदः The loss caused by absence on duty; Kau. A.2.7.
    -जः a. resulting from an act; सिद्धिर्भवति कर्मजा Bg.4.12. कर्मजा गतयो नॄणामुत्तमाधममध्यमाः Ms.12.3.
    (-जः) 1 the holy fig-tree.
    -2 the Kali age.
    -3 the banian tree.
    -4 the effect arising from human acts:-- संयोग, विभाग &c.
    -5 heaven.
    -6 hell.
    -ज्ञ a. one acquaint- ed with religious rites.
    -त्यागः renunciation of worldly duties or ceremonial acts.
    -दुष्ट a. corrupt in action, wick- ed, immoral, disrespectable.
    -देवः a god through religious action; ये शतं गन्धर्वलोक आनन्दाः स एकः कर्मदेवानामानन्दः Bṛi. Up.4.3.33.
    -दोषः 1 sin, vice; अवेक्षेत गतीर्नॄणां कर्मदोष- समुद्भवाः Ms.6.61,95.
    -2 an error, defect, or blunder (in doing an act); कर्मदोषैर्न लिप्यते Ms.1,14.
    -3 evil consequence of human acts.
    -4 discreditable conduct.
    -धारयः N. of a compound, a subdivision of Tatpu- ruṣa, (in which the members of the compound are in apposition) तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.I. 2.42. तत्पुरुष कर्म धारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb.
    -ध्वंसः 1 loss of fruit arising from religious acts.
    -2 dis- appointment.
    -नामन् (in gram.) a participal noun.
    -नामधेयम् N. of an act or sacrifice. These names are not arbitrary or technical such as गुण and वृद्धि but are always significant; सर्वेष्वेव कर्मनामधेयेषु अर्थसमन्वयेनानुवाद- भूतो नामशद्बो वर्तते, न लौकिकार्थतिरस्कारेण परिभाषामात्रेण वृद्धिगुणवत् ŚB. on MS.1.6.41.
    -नाशा N. of a river between Kaśi and Bihar.
    -निश्चयः a decision of action; न लेमे कर्मनिश्चयम् Bm.1.648.
    -निषद्या a manufactory; Kau. A.2.4.
    -निष्ठ a. devoted to the performance of religious acts; अग्निर्वीरं श्रुत्यं कर्मनिष्ठाम् Rv.1.8.1; Ms.3.134.
    -न्यासः renunciation of the result of religious acts.
    -पथः 1 the direction or source of an action.
    -2 the path of religious rites (opp. ज्ञानमार्ग).
    -पाकः ripening of actions, reward of actions done in a former life; Pt.1.372.
    -प्रवचनीयः a term for certain prepositions, particles, or ad- verbs when they are not connected with verbs and govern a noun in some case; literally-the term means, 'Concerned with the setting forth of an action'. According to Indian grammarians it means 'that which spoke of an action (क्रियां प्रोक्तवन्तः)' e. g. आ in आ मुक्तेः संसारः is a कर्मप्रवचनीय; so अनु in जपमनु प्रावर्षत् &c; कर्म प्रोक्तवन्तः कर्मप्रवचनीया इति Mbh. on P.I.4.83. cf. उपसर्ग, गति and निपात also.
    -फलम् 1 fruit or reward of actions done in a former life; (pain, pleasure); न मे कर्मफले स्पृहा Bg.4.14;5.12;6.1; ˚फलत्याग Bg.12.11,18.2; ˚फलत्यागिन् Bg.18.11; ˚फलप्रेप्सुः Bg.18.27; ˚फलसंयोग Bg.5.14; ˚फलहेतु Bg.2.47. एवं संचिन्त्य मनसा प्रेत्य कर्मफलोदयम् Ms.11.231.
    -2 the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola (Mar. कर्मर); also कर्मरङ्ग.
    -बन्धः, -बन्धनम् confinement to repeated birth, as the consequence of religious acts, good or bad (by which the soul is attached to worldly plea- sures &c.); बुद्ध्या युक्तो यथा पार्थ कर्मबन्धं प्रहास्यति Bg.2.39.
    -भूः, -भूमिः f.
    1 the land of religious rites, i. e. भरतवर्ष, this world (a place for man's probation); प्राप्येमां कर्मभूमिम् Bh.2.1; K.174,319.
    -2 ploughed ground.
    -मासः the Calendar month of thirty days.
    -मीमांसा the Mīmāṁsā of ceremonial acts; see मीमांसा.
    -मूलम् a kind of sacred grass called कुश.
    -युगम् the fourth (the present) age of the world, i. e. the Kaliyuga.
    -योगः 1 performance of actions, worldly and religious rites; कर्मयोगेन योगिनाम् Bg.3.3;3.7;5.2;13.24.
    -2 active exertion, industry; Ms.1.115.
    -वचनम् (with Buddhists) the ritual.
    -वज्रः an epithet of a Śūdra.
    -वशः fate considered as the inevitable result of actions done in a former life.
    -वाटी a lunar day (तिथि).
    -विपाक = कर्मपाक.
    -शाला a work-shop.
    -शील, -शूर a. assiduous, active, laborious; cf. कर्म- शीलस्तु कर्मठे । Nm.
    -शौचम् humility.
    -श्रुतिः f. The word expressive of the act; कर्मश्रुतेः परार्थत्वात् MS.11. 2.6. (read या अत्र कर्मश्रुतिः दर्शपूर्णमासाभ्यामिति सा परार्था तृतीया-योगात् &c. शबर).
    -सङ्गः attachment to worldly duties and their results. तन्निबध्नाति... कर्मसङ्गेन Bg.14.7.
    -सचिवः a minister.
    -संन्यासिकः, -संन्यासिन् m.
    1 a religious person who has withdrawn from every kind of worldly act.
    -2 an ascetic who performs religious deeds without looking to their reward.
    -साक्षिन् m.
    1 an eyewitness; वह्निर्विवाहं प्रति कर्मसाक्षी Ku.7.83.
    -2 one who witnesses the good or bad actions of man; आदित्य भो लोककृताकृतज्ञ लोकस्य सत्यानृप- कर्मसाक्षिन् Rām.3.63.16. (There are nine divinities which are said to witness and watch over all human actions; सूर्यः सोमो यमः कालो महाभूतानि पञ्च च । एते शुभाशुभ- स्येह कर्मणो नव साक्षिणः ॥)
    -सिद्धिः f. accomplishment of any business or desired object; success. स्वकर्मसिद्धिं पुनरा- शशंसे Ku.
    -स्थानम् a public office, a place of business.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > कर्मन् _karman

  • 6 सत् _sat

    सत् a. (
    -ती f.)
    1 Being, existing, existent; सन्तः स्वतः प्रकाशन्ते गुणा न परतो नृणाम् Bv.1.12; सत्कल्पवृक्षे वने Ś.7.12.
    -2 Real, essential, true; Bṛi. Up.2.3.1.
    -3 Good, virtuous, chaste; सती सती योगविसृष्टदेहा Ku.1. 21; Ś.5.17.
    -4 Noble, worthy, high; as in सत्कुलम्.
    -5 Right, proper.
    -6 Best, excellent.
    -7 Venerable, respectable.
    -8 Wise, learned.
    -9 Handsome, beautiful.
    -1 Firm, steady. -m. A good or virtuous man, a sage; आदानं हि विसर्गाय सतां वारिमुचामिव R.4.86; अविरतं परकार्यकृतां सतां मधुरिमातिशयेन वचो$मृतम् Bv.1.113; Bh.2. 78; R.1.1. -n.
    1 That which really exists, entity, existence, essence.
    -2 The really existent truth, reality.
    -3 Good; as in सदसत् q. v.
    -4 Brahman or the Supre- me Spirit.
    -5 Ved. Water.
    -6 The primary cause (कारण); य ईक्षिता$हं रहितो$प्यसत्सतोः Bhāg.1.38.11.
    -7 (In gram.) The termination of the present parti- ciple. (सत्कृ means
    1 to respect, treat with respect, receive hospitably.
    -2 to honour, worship, adore.
    -3 to adorn.)
    -Comp. -अञ्जनम् (सदञ्जनम्) calx of brass.
    -अर्थः (सदर्थः) a matter in question.
    -असत् (सदसत्) a.
    1 existent and non-existent, being and not being.
    -2 real and unreal.
    -3 true and false.
    -4 good and bad, right and wrong.
    -5 virtuous and wicked. (-n. du.)
    1 entity and non-entity.
    -2 good and evil, right and wrong. ˚विवेकः discrimination bet- ween good and evil, or truth and falsehood. ˚व्यक्तिहेतुः the cause of discrimination between the good and bad; तं सन्तः श्रोतुमर्हन्ति सदसद्व्यक्तिहेतवः R.1.1.
    -आचारः (सदाचारः) 1 good manners, virtuous of moral con- duct.
    -2 approved usage, traditionary observances, immemorial custom; यस्मिन् देशे य आचारः पारंपर्यक्रमागतः । वर्णानां सान्तरालानां स सदाचार उच्यते ॥ Ms.2.18.
    -आत्मन् a. (
    सदात्मन्) virtuous, good.
    -आनन (सदानन) a. fair-faced.
    -उत्तरम् (सदुत्तरम्) a proper or good reply.
    -करणम् funeral obsequies.
    -कर्तृ m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -कर्मन् n.
    1 a virtuous or pious act.
    -2 virtue, piety.
    -3 funeral obsequies.
    -4 expia- tion.
    -5 hospitality.
    -काण्डः a hawk, kite.
    -कारः 1 a kind or hospitable treatment, hospitable recep- tion; सत्कारमानपूजार्थं तपो दम्भेन चैव यत् । क्रियते तदिह प्रोक्तं राजसं चलमध्रुवम् ॥ Bg.17.18.
    -2 reverence, respect.
    -3 care, attention.
    -4 a meal.
    -5 a festival, religious observance.
    -कार्यम् (in Sāṁkhya phil.) the necessary existence of an effect. ˚वाद the doctrine of the actual existence of an effect (in its cause).
    -कुल a good or noble family.
    -कुलीन a. nobly born, of noble descent.
    -कृत a.
    1 done well or properly.
    -2 hospitably recei- ved or treated.
    -3 revered, respected, honoured.
    -4 worshipped. adored.
    -5 entertained.
    -6 welcomed. (
    -तः) an epithet of Śiva.
    (-तम्) 1 hospitality.
    -2 respect.
    -3 virtue, piety.
    -कृतिः f.
    1 treating with respect, hospitality, hospitable reception.
    -2 virtue, morality.
    -क्रिया 1 virtue, goodness; शकुन्तला मूर्तिमती च सत्क्रिया Ś.5.15.
    -2 charity, good or virtuous action.
    -3 hospitality, hospitable reception; सत्क्रियाविशेषात् Ś.7.
    -4 courtesy, salutation.
    -5 any purificatory ceremony.
    -6 funeral ceremonies, obsequies.
    -7 Celebration, decoration; यावदादिशति पार्थिवस्तयोर्निर्गमाय पुरमार्गसत्क्रियाम् R.11.3.
    -गतिः f.
    (-सद्गतिः) 1 a good or happy state, felicity, beatitude.
    -2 The way of good men.
    -गुण a. (
    सद्गुण) possessed of good qualities, virtuous, (
    -णः) virtue, excellence, goodness, good quality.
    -घनः (सद्घनः) holy existence.
    -2 nothing but existence.
    -चरित, -चरित्र a. (
    सच्चरित-त्र) well conducted, honest, virtuous, righteous; सूनुः सच्चरितः Bh.2.25. (-n.)
    1 good of virtuous conduct.
    -2 history or account of the good; Ś.1.
    -चारा (सच्चारा) turmeric.
    -चिद् (सच्चिद्) the Supreme Spirit. ˚अंशः a portion of existence and thought. ˚आत्मन् m. the soul consisting of entity and thought. ˚आनन्दः
    1 'existence or entity, knowledge and joy'; an epithet of the Supreme Spirit or Brahman.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -जन a. (
    सज्जन) good, virtuous, respec- table. (
    -नः) a good or virtuous man. ˚गर्हित despised by the virtuous; पुक्कस्यां जायते पापः सदा सज्जनगर्हितः Ms.1. 38.
    -धर्मः (सद्धर्मः) true justice.
    -पतिः Ved.
    1 a lord of good persons or heroes.
    -2 N. of Indra.
    -पत्रम् the new leaf of a water-lily.
    -पथः 1 a good road.
    -2 the right path of duty, correct or virtuous conduct.
    -3 an orthodox doctrine.
    -परिग्रहः acceptance (of gifts) from a proper person.
    -पशुः a victim fit for a sacrifice, a good sacrificial victim.
    -पात्रम् a worthy or virtuous person. ˚वर्षः bestowing favours on worthy recipients, judicious liberality. ˚वर्षिन् a. having judicious liberality.
    -पुत्रः 1 a good or virtuous son.
    -2 a son who performs all the prescribed rites in honour of his ancestors. -a. one who has a son; यद्यपि स्यात्तु सत्पुत्रो$प्यसत्पुत्रो$पि वा भवेत् Ms.9.154.
    -प्रतिपक्षः (in logic) one of the five kinds of hetvābhāsas or fallacious hetus, a counterbalanced hetu, one along which there exists another equal hetu on the opposite side; यत्र साध्याभावसाधकं हेत्वन्तरं स सत्प्रति- पक्षः; e. g. 'sound is eternal because it is audible'; and also 'sound is non-eternal, because it is a product'; नाप्रामाण्यं मतानां स्यात् केषां सत्प्रतिपक्षवत् N.17.19.
    -प्रमुदिता (in Sāṁkhya phil.) N. of one of the 8 perfections.
    -भाग्यम् (सद्भाग्यम्) 1 good fortune.
    -2 Felicity.
    -फलः the pomegranate tree.
    -भावः (सद्भावः) 1 existence, being, entity; सद्भावे साधुभावे च सदित्येतत् प्रयुज्यते Bg.17.26.
    -2 actual existence, reality.
    -3 good disposition or nature, amiability.
    -4 quality of goodness.
    -5 obtainment (प्राप्ति); देहस्यान्यस्य सद्भावे प्रसादं कर्तुमर्हसि Rām.7.56.9.
    -मातुरः (सन्मातुरः) the son of a virtuous mother.
    -मात्रः (सन्मात्रः) 'consisting of mere entity', the soul.
    -मानः (सन्मानः) esteem of the good.
    -मित्रम् (सन्मित्रम्) a good or faithful friend.
    -युवतिः f. (
    सद्युवतिः) a virtuous maiden.
    -वंश (सद्वंश) a. of high birth.
    -वचस् n. (
    सद्वचस्) an agreeable or pleasing speech.
    -वस्तु n.
    (सद्वस्तु) 1 a good thing.
    -2 a good plot or story; प्रणयिषु वा दाक्षिण्यादथवा सद्वस्तुपुरुषबहुमानात् । शृणुत मनोभिरवहितैः क्रियामिमां कालिदासस्य ॥ V.1.2.
    -वादिता (सद्वादिता) true counsel; सद्वादितेवाभिनिविष्टबुद्धौ Ki.17.11.
    -विद्य (सद्विद्य) well- educated, having good learning.
    -वृत्त a.
    (सद्वृत्त) 1 well- behaved, well conducted, virtuous, upright.
    -2 perfect- ly circular, well-rounded; सद्वृत्तः स्तनमण्डलस्तव कथं प्राणै- र्मम क्रीडति Gīt.3 (where both senses are intended).
    (-त्तम्) 1 good or virtuous conduct.
    -2 an agreeable or amiable disposition.
    -शील (सच्छील) a.
    1 good temper- ed.
    -2 benevolent, kindly disposed (towards others).
    -संसर्गः, -संनिधानम्, -संगः, -संगतिः, -समागमः com- pany or society of the good, association with the good; तथा सत्संनिधानेन मूर्खो याति प्रवीणताम् H.1; सत्संगजानि निधनान्यपि तारयन्ति U.2.11; सत्संगतिः कथय किं न करोति पुंसाम् Bh.2.23.
    -संप्रदायः good tradition.
    -संप्रयोगः right application.
    -सहाय a. having virtuous friends. (
    -यः) a good com- panion.
    -सार a. having good sap or essence.
    (-रः) 1 a kind of tree.
    -2 a poet.
    -3 a painter.
    -हेतुः (सद्धेतुः) a faultless or valid hetu or middle term.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सत् _sat

  • 7 ofrecer

    v.
    1 to offer.
    ofrecerle algo a alguien to offer somebody something
    ¿puedo ofrecerle algo de beber? may I offer you something to drink?
    ¿cuánto te ofrecen por la casa? how much are they offering you for the house?
    María le ofrece comida a Ricardo Mary offers Richard food.
    Ella ofrece sus servicios She offers her services.
    2 to bid.
    ¿qué ofrecen por esta mesa? what am I bid for this table?
    3 to present (tener, presentar) (imagen, dificultades).
    la cocina ofrece un aspecto lamentable the kitchen is a sorry sight
    4 to offer up (oraciones, sacrificio).
    5 to make an offer.
    Ellos ofrecen They make an offer.
    6 to offer to, to promise to, to volunteer to.
    María le ofrece comida a Ricardo Mary offers Richard food.
    Ella ofrece sus servicios She offers her services.
    Ellos ofrecen limpiar They offer to clean.
    Le ofrecí a María ir a verla I offered Mary to go see her.
    Ellos ofrecieron a Ricardo They offered Richard.
    * * *
    Conjugation model [ AGRADECER], like link=agradecer agradecer
    1 (dar - premio, amistad) to offer; (- banquete, fiesta) to hold; (- regalo) to give
    2 (presentar) to present
    1 (prestarse) to offer, volunteer
    2 (disponer) to want
    ■ ¿qué se le ofrece? what can I do for you?
    * * *
    verb
    •
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=presentar voluntariamente)
    a) [+ servicios, ayuda, trabajo, dinero] to offer

    ¿cuánto te ofrecieron por el coche? — how much did they offer you for the car?

    • ofrecer hacer algo — to offer to do sth

    b) [+ espectáculo, programa] [en TV] to show
    c) frm [+ respetos] to pay frm
    2) (=tener)
    a) [+ ventaja] to offer; [+ oportunidad, garantías] to offer, give; [+ solución] to offer, provide

    • no ofrecer duda, la gravedad del caso no ofrece duda — there is no doubt about the seriousness of the case

    b) [+ dificultad] to present

    el ladrón no ofreció resistencia — the burglar did not put up a struggle, the burglar offered no resistance frm

    c) [+ imagen] to present
    3) (=celebrar) [+ acto, fiesta, cena] to hold, give
    4) [+ sacrificio, víctima] to offer up
    5) (Rel) to make a vow
    2.
    See:
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <ayuda/cigarrillo/empleo> to offer

    te llamo para ofrecerte al niño — (Col, Ven) I'm ringing to let you know that the baby has been born

    ofrecer + INF — to offer to + inf

    b) < dinero> to offer; ( en una subasta) to bid
    c) < fiesta> to give, throw (colloq); < recepción> to lay on, to hold
    d) <sacrificio/víctima> to offer (up)
    2)
    a) < oportunidad> to give, provide

    le ofrece la posibilidad de entablar nuevas amistades — it provides her with the chance to make new friends; < dificultad> to present

    b) <aspecto/vista>
    c) < resistencia> persona to put up, offer
    2.
    ofrecerse v pron
    1) persona to offer, volunteer

    ofrecerse A or PARA + INF — to offer o volunteer to + inf

    3) (frml) (querer, necesitar) (gen neg o interrog)

    ¿se le ofrece alguna otra cosa? — can I offer o get you anything else?

    ¿qué se le ofrece, señora? — what would you like, madam? (frml)

    * * *
    = deliver, feature, give, offer, open up, pitch, provide, provide with, supply, proffer, furnish (with), come forward with, tender, serve up.
    Ex. The result could be termed a full-provision data base -- a data base including both text and reference, and delivering much more than the 2 added together.
    Ex. Other catalogues and bibliographies only feature added entries under title where it is deemed that the author main entry heading is not likely to be obvious to the users.
    Ex. An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.
    Ex. Thus some current awareness services can be purchased from external vendors, whilst others may be offered by a library or information unit to its particular group of users.
    Ex. Here is a key paper by a non librarian which opens up a new and constructive approach to library purpose.
    Ex. Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.
    Ex. To start with, most catalogues, indexes, data bases and bibliographies provide access to information or documents.
    Ex. Many libraries provide users with photocopies of contents pages of selected journals.
    Ex. Here an attempt is made to choose one form and supply references from the other forms.
    Ex. 'No question,' she said meditatively, 'we have to do something'; 'like more coffee?' proffered the waitress, the coffee pot hovered above Jergens' cup.
    Ex. One of the definitions of 'organise' is to furnish with organs, make organic, make into living being or tissue.
    Ex. Neither pundit from the past, nor sage from the schools, neither authorised body nor inspired individual has come forward with a definition acceptable to all practising librarians as theirs and theirs alone, sharply defining them as a group.
    Ex. This address was tendered at the State Library of Victoria, Nov 88, to mark the retirement of Professor Jean Whyte.
    Ex. A watering hole in Spain is serving up free beer and tapas to recession-weary customers who insult its bartenders as a way to let off steam.
    ----
    * ofrecer acceso = provide + access.
    * ofrecer apoyo = support, provide + support, rally (a)round, rally behind.
    * ofrecer asesoramiento = offer + advice, offer + guidance, dispense + advice.
    * ofrecer ayuda = offer + guidance, offer + assistance, provide + support.
    * ofrecer cobijo = provide + a home.
    * ofrecer conclusiones = provide + conclusions.
    * ofrecer conjuntamente = bundle.
    * ofrecer conocimiento = package + knowledge.
    * ofrecer consejos prácticos = offer + hints and advice.
    * ofrecer descuento = offer + discount.
    * ofrecer directrices = provide + guidance.
    * ofrecer en cantidad = offer + in quantity.
    * ofrecer en un lote = bundle.
    * ofrecer esperanzas = hold + promise.
    * ofrecer estímulo = provide + stimulus.
    * ofrecer incentivo = provide + incentive, offer + inducement.
    * ofrecer información = provide + information, provide + details, supply + information, offer + information, package + information, furnish + information.
    * ofrecer la garantía de = provide + the stamp of.
    * ofrecer la mano = put forth + Posesivo + hand.
    * ofrecer la oportunidad = allow + the opportunity to, allow + the opportunity to.
    * ofrecer la oportunidad de = offer + a chance to.
    * ofrecer la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad = afford + possibility, provide + facility.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad de = have + the potential (to/for), offer + the facility.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad de que = usher in + the day when.
    * ofrecer lo máximo = shoot (for) + the moon.
    * ofrecer poco = low-ball.
    * ofrecer por primera vez = debut.
    * ofrecer posibilidades = have + potential, offer + options, offer + possibilities, hold + potential, present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.
    * ofrecer razones = provide + reasons.
    * ofrecer refugio = provide + a home.
    * ofrecer resistencia = put up + resistance.
    * ofrecer santuario = offer + sanctuary.
    * ofrecerse = be forthcoming, step forward, step up to.
    * ofrecerse como voluntario = volunteer.
    * ofrecer servicio = service.
    * ofrecer sugerencias = give + suggestions.
    * ofrecer una explicación = present + explanation.
    * ofrecer una fiesta = host + party.
    * ofrecer una forma de = provide + a way of/to.
    * ofrecer una imagen = present + picture.
    * ofrecer una introducción a = provide + a background to.
    * ofrecer una norma = offer + prescription.
    * ofrecer una opinión = offer + opinion.
    * ofrecer una oportunidad = offer + opportunity, provide + opportunity, present + an opportunity.
    * ofrecer una perspectiva = offer + perspective.
    * ofrecer una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.
    * ofrecer una prestación = offer + facility.
    * ofrecer una rama de olivo para hacer las paces = offer + an olive branch.
    * ofrecer una recepción = host + reception.
    * ofrecer una respuesta = provide + answer.
    * ofrecer una solución = provide + solution, offer + solution.
    * ofrecer una sonrisa = give + a grin.
    * ofrecer una visión = provide + a picture.
    * ofrecer una visión de = offer + an account of.
    * ofrecer una visión de conjunto = provide + a picture, provide + overview.
    * ofrecer una visión muy releveladora de = provide + insight into, give + an insight into, give + an inside look at.
    * ofrecer una vista = afford + a view.
    * ofrecer un curso = offer + course.
    * ofrecer un ejemplo = afford + example.
    * ofrecer un sacrificio = make + a sacrifice.
    * ofrecer un servicio = operate + service, provide + service, do + service.
    * ofrecer ventaja = be of benefit.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <ayuda/cigarrillo/empleo> to offer

    te llamo para ofrecerte al niño — (Col, Ven) I'm ringing to let you know that the baby has been born

    ofrecer + INF — to offer to + inf

    b) < dinero> to offer; ( en una subasta) to bid
    c) < fiesta> to give, throw (colloq); < recepción> to lay on, to hold
    d) <sacrificio/víctima> to offer (up)
    2)
    a) < oportunidad> to give, provide

    le ofrece la posibilidad de entablar nuevas amistades — it provides her with the chance to make new friends; < dificultad> to present

    b) <aspecto/vista>
    c) < resistencia> persona to put up, offer
    2.
    ofrecerse v pron
    1) persona to offer, volunteer

    ofrecerse A or PARA + INF — to offer o volunteer to + inf

    3) (frml) (querer, necesitar) (gen neg o interrog)

    ¿se le ofrece alguna otra cosa? — can I offer o get you anything else?

    ¿qué se le ofrece, señora? — what would you like, madam? (frml)

    * * *
    = deliver, feature, give, offer, open up, pitch, provide, provide with, supply, proffer, furnish (with), come forward with, tender, serve up.

    Ex: The result could be termed a full-provision data base -- a data base including both text and reference, and delivering much more than the 2 added together.

    Ex: Other catalogues and bibliographies only feature added entries under title where it is deemed that the author main entry heading is not likely to be obvious to the users.
    Ex: An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.
    Ex: Thus some current awareness services can be purchased from external vendors, whilst others may be offered by a library or information unit to its particular group of users.
    Ex: Here is a key paper by a non librarian which opens up a new and constructive approach to library purpose.
    Ex: Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.
    Ex: To start with, most catalogues, indexes, data bases and bibliographies provide access to information or documents.
    Ex: Many libraries provide users with photocopies of contents pages of selected journals.
    Ex: Here an attempt is made to choose one form and supply references from the other forms.
    Ex: 'No question,' she said meditatively, 'we have to do something'; 'like more coffee?' proffered the waitress, the coffee pot hovered above Jergens' cup.
    Ex: One of the definitions of 'organise' is to furnish with organs, make organic, make into living being or tissue.
    Ex: Neither pundit from the past, nor sage from the schools, neither authorised body nor inspired individual has come forward with a definition acceptable to all practising librarians as theirs and theirs alone, sharply defining them as a group.
    Ex: This address was tendered at the State Library of Victoria, Nov 88, to mark the retirement of Professor Jean Whyte.
    Ex: A watering hole in Spain is serving up free beer and tapas to recession-weary customers who insult its bartenders as a way to let off steam.
    * ofrecer acceso = provide + access.
    * ofrecer apoyo = support, provide + support, rally (a)round, rally behind.
    * ofrecer asesoramiento = offer + advice, offer + guidance, dispense + advice.
    * ofrecer ayuda = offer + guidance, offer + assistance, provide + support.
    * ofrecer cobijo = provide + a home.
    * ofrecer conclusiones = provide + conclusions.
    * ofrecer conjuntamente = bundle.
    * ofrecer conocimiento = package + knowledge.
    * ofrecer consejos prácticos = offer + hints and advice.
    * ofrecer descuento = offer + discount.
    * ofrecer directrices = provide + guidance.
    * ofrecer en cantidad = offer + in quantity.
    * ofrecer en un lote = bundle.
    * ofrecer esperanzas = hold + promise.
    * ofrecer estímulo = provide + stimulus.
    * ofrecer incentivo = provide + incentive, offer + inducement.
    * ofrecer información = provide + information, provide + details, supply + information, offer + information, package + information, furnish + information.
    * ofrecer la garantía de = provide + the stamp of.
    * ofrecer la mano = put forth + Posesivo + hand.
    * ofrecer la oportunidad = allow + the opportunity to, allow + the opportunity to.
    * ofrecer la oportunidad de = offer + a chance to.
    * ofrecer la otra mejilla = turn + the other cheek.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad = afford + possibility, provide + facility.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad de = have + the potential (to/for), offer + the facility.
    * ofrecer la posibilidad de que = usher in + the day when.
    * ofrecer lo máximo = shoot (for) + the moon.
    * ofrecer poco = low-ball.
    * ofrecer por primera vez = debut.
    * ofrecer posibilidades = have + potential, offer + options, offer + possibilities, hold + potential, present + possibilities, open (up) + avenues.
    * ofrecer razones = provide + reasons.
    * ofrecer refugio = provide + a home.
    * ofrecer resistencia = put up + resistance.
    * ofrecer santuario = offer + sanctuary.
    * ofrecerse = be forthcoming, step forward, step up to.
    * ofrecerse como voluntario = volunteer.
    * ofrecer servicio = service.
    * ofrecer sugerencias = give + suggestions.
    * ofrecer una explicación = present + explanation.
    * ofrecer una fiesta = host + party.
    * ofrecer una forma de = provide + a way of/to.
    * ofrecer una imagen = present + picture.
    * ofrecer una introducción a = provide + a background to.
    * ofrecer una norma = offer + prescription.
    * ofrecer una opinión = offer + opinion.
    * ofrecer una oportunidad = offer + opportunity, provide + opportunity, present + an opportunity.
    * ofrecer una perspectiva = offer + perspective.
    * ofrecer una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.
    * ofrecer una prestación = offer + facility.
    * ofrecer una rama de olivo para hacer las paces = offer + an olive branch.
    * ofrecer una recepción = host + reception.
    * ofrecer una respuesta = provide + answer.
    * ofrecer una solución = provide + solution, offer + solution.
    * ofrecer una sonrisa = give + a grin.
    * ofrecer una visión = provide + a picture.
    * ofrecer una visión de = offer + an account of.
    * ofrecer una visión de conjunto = provide + a picture, provide + overview.
    * ofrecer una visión muy releveladora de = provide + insight into, give + an insight into, give + an inside look at.
    * ofrecer una vista = afford + a view.
    * ofrecer un curso = offer + course.
    * ofrecer un ejemplo = afford + example.
    * ofrecer un sacrificio = make + a sacrifice.
    * ofrecer un servicio = operate + service, provide + service, do + service.
    * ofrecer ventaja = be of benefit.

    * * *
    ofrecer [E3 ]
    vt
    A
    1 ‹ayuda/cigarrillo/empleo› to offer
    le ofreció su brazo he offered her his arm
    no nos ofreció ni una taza de café he didn't even offer us a cup of coffee
    todavía no nos ha ofrecido la casa he still hasn't invited us to see his new house
    te llamo para ofrecerte al niño ( Col); I'm ringing to let you know that the baby's been born
    ofrecer + INF to offer TO + INF
    ofreció prestarnos su coche she offered to lend us her car
    2 ‹dinero› (por un artículo) to offer
    ofreció mil dólares por el jarrón he bid a thousand dollars for the vase
    ¿cuánto me ofrece por este cuadro? how much will you give o offer me for this picture?
    3 ‹fiesta› to give, hold, throw ( colloq)
    ofrecieron una comida en su honor they gave a meal in her honor
    ofrecieron una recepción en el Hotel Suecia they laid on o held a reception in the Hotel Suecia
    4 ‹sacrificio/víctima› to offer, offer up
    B
    1 ‹oportunidad› to give, provide; ‹dificultad› to present
    le ofrece la posibilidad de entablar nuevas amistades it provides her with o it gives her o ( frml) it affords her the chance to make new friends
    el plan ofrece varias dificultades the plan presents o poses a number of problems
    2 ‹aspecto/vista›
    su habitación ofrecía un aspecto lúgubre her room was gloomy o had an air of gloominess about it
    el balcón ofrecía una vista maravillosa there was a marvelous view from the balcony
    el año ofrece buenas perspectivas things look good for the coming year, the coming year looks promising
    ofrecían un espectáculo desgarrador they were a heartrending sight
    3 ‹resistencia› «persona» to put up, offer
    se entregó sin ofrecer ninguna resistencia he surrendered without putting up o offering any resistance
    A
    «persona»: se ofrece niñera con experiencia experienced nanny seeks employment
    ofrecerse A or PARA + INF to offer o volunteer to + INF
    se ofreció a venir a buscarnos she offered o volunteered to come and pick us up
    B
    (presentarse): un espectáculo único se ofrecía ante nuestros ojos a unique spectacle presented itself before o greeted our eyes
    las cumbres nevadas se nos ofrecían en todo su esplendor the snowy peaks appeared o stood before us in all their splendor
    C ( frml) (querer, necesitar) ( gen neg o interrog) ofrecérsele algo A algn:
    ¿se le ofrece alguna otra cosa? can I offer o get you anything else?, would you care for anything else?
    si no se le ofrece nada más, me retiro a dormir if there's nothing else I can do for you, I'll say goodnight
    ¿qué se le ofrece a la señora? what would you like o what can I get you to drink, madam? ( frml)
    * * *

     

    ofrecer ( conjugate ofrecer) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹ayuda/cigarrillo/empleo› to offer

    b) ‹ dinero› to offer;

    ( en una subasta) to bid
    c) ‹ fiesta› to give;

    ‹ recepción› to lay on
    d) ‹sacrificio/víctima› to offer (up)

    2
    a) ‹oportunidad/posibilidad› to give, provide;

    ‹ dificultad› to present

    ofrecerse verbo pronominal
    1 [ persona] to offer, volunteer;
    ofrecerse A or PARA hacer algo to offer o volunteer to do sth
    2 (frml) (querer, necesitar) ( gen neg o interrog):
    ◊ ¿qué se le ofrece, señora? what would you like, madam? (frml);

    si no se le ofrece nada más if there's nothing else I can do for you
    ofrecer verbo transitivo
    1 (agua, ayuda, dinero, etc) to offer
    2 (posibilidad, solución, consejo) to give
    3 (un homenaje, banquete, etc) to hold
    4 (aspecto) to present
    5 Rel to offer (up)
    ' ofrecer' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    brindar
    - dar
    - tender
    - amparar
    - convidar
    - dedicar
    - excusar
    - querer
    - tributar
    English:
    offer
    - outbid
    - part exchange
    - present
    - put up
    - shall
    - tender
    - volunteer
    - bid
    - cater
    - dispense
    - feature
    - give
    - hand
    - hold
    - lay
    - proffer
    - put
    - quote
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [proporcionar, dar] to offer;
    ofrecerle algo a alguien to offer sb sth;
    me han ofrecido el puesto de director they've offered me the job of manager;
    ¿puedo ofrecerle algo de beber? may I offer you something to drink?;
    ofrecen una recompensa por él they are offering a reward for his capture;
    le ofrecieron una cena homenaje they held a dinner in his honour;
    ¿cuánto te ofrecen por la casa? how much are they offering you for the house?;
    me ofrece la oportunidad o [m5] la ocasión de conocer la ciudad it gives me the chance to get to know the city
    2. [en subastas] to bid;
    ¿qué ofrecen por esta mesa? what am I bid for this table?
    3. [tener, presentar] to present;
    la cocina ofrece un aspecto lamentable the kitchen is a sorry sight;
    esta tarea ofrece algunas dificultades this task poses o presents a number of problems;
    aquel negocio ofrecía inmejorables perspectivas that business had excellent prospects
    4. [oraciones, sacrificio] to offer up;
    ofrecer una misa por alguien to have a mass said for sb
    * * *
    v/t offer
    * * *
    ofrecer {53} vt
    1) : to offer
    2) : to provide, to give
    3) : to present (an appearance, etc.)
    * * *

    Spanish-English dictionary > ofrecer

  • 8 res

    rēs, rei (rēi with e long; gen., Lucr. 2, 112; 548; 6, 918; dat., id. 1, 688; 2, 236; rei, gen., monosyl. at the end of the verse, Lucr. 3, 918;

    and in the middle of the verse,

    id. 4, 885, and Poët. ap. Lact. 6, 6), f. [ etym. dub.; perh. root ra- of reor, ratus; cf. Germ. Ding; Engl. thing, from denken, to think; prop., that which is thought of; cf. also logos, Lid. and Scott, 9], a thing, object, being; a matter, affair, event, fact, circumstance, occurrence, deed, condition, case, etc.; and sometimes merely = something (cf.: causa, ratio, negotium).
    I.
    In gen.:

    unde initum primum capiat res quaeque movendi,

    Lucr. 1, 383; cf. id. 1, 536:

    in partes res quaeque minutas Distrahitur,

    id. 2, 826: summe Sol, qui omnes res inspicis, Enn. ap. Prob. Verg. E. 6, 31 (Trag. v. 321 Vahl.):

    versus, quos ego de Rerum Naturā pangere conor,

    Lucr. 1, 25; cf. id. 1, 126; 5, 54:

    rerum natura creatrix,

    id. 2, 1117:

    divinarum humanarumque rerum, tum initiorum causarumque cujusque rei cognitio,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 3, 7 (v. divinus):

    haeret haec res,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 182:

    profecto, ut loquor, ita res est,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 19:

    haud mentior, resque uti facta dico,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 23:

    de Alcumenā ut rem teneatis rectius,

    id. ib. prol. 110:

    in tantis rebus (sc. in re publicā defendendā),

    Cic. Rep. 1, 3, 4 et saep.:

    quo Averna vocantur nomine, id ab re Impositum est, quia sunt avibus contraria cunctis,

    from the nature of the thing, Lucr. 6, 740; cf. id. 6, 424; Liv. 1, 17:

    si res postulabit,

    the condition of the case, Cic. Lael. 13, 44: scaena rei totius haec, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 11, 3:

    fugam in se nemo convertitur Nec recedit loco, quin statim rem gerat,

    does his duty, stands his ground, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 84; so, res gerere, v. gero; hence, too, rerum scriptor, for a historian, v. scriptor, and cf. II. H. infra.—
    B.
    With adj. of quality, to express condition, etc.:

    illic homo a me sibi malam rem arcessit,

    is bringing a bad business on himself, Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 171; so,

    res mala,

    a wretched condition, Sall. C. 20, 13; and more freq. in plur.:

    bonis tuis rebus meas res irrides malas,

    circumstances, condition, Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 45; id. Rud. 3, 3, 12:

    res secundae,

    good fortune, Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 30; cf. Liv. 3, 9:

    res prosperae,

    Nep. Dion, 6, 1; id. Eum. 5, 1:

    in secundissimis rebus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26, 91:

    adversae res,

    id. ib. 1, 26, 90; Hor. S. 2, 2, 136; 2, 8, 73:

    res belli adversae,

    Liv. 10, 6:

    res dubiae,

    Sall. C. 10, 2; 39, 3; Liv. 2, 50; 7, 30;

    v. bonus, florens, salvus, adversus, dubius, novus, arduus, etc.— Freq. in curses, etc.: in malam rem,

    go to the bad, Ter. Phorm. 5, 7, 37; id. And. 2, 1, 17:

    malam rem hinc ibis?

    id. Eun. 3, 3, 30.—
    C.
    With an adj. in a periphrasis:

    abhorrens ab re uxoriā,

    matrimony, Ter. And. 5, 1, 10:

    in arbitrio rei uxoriae,

    dowry, Cic. Off. 1, 15, 61:

    rem divinam nisi compitalibus... ne faciat,

    a religious act, act of worship, a sacrifice, Cato, R. R. 5, 4:

    bellicam rem administrari majores nostri nisi auspicato noluerunt,

    Cic. Div. 2, 36, 76; Hor. C. 4, 3, 6:

    erat ei pecuaria res ampla et rustica,

    Cic. Quint. 3, 12: res rustica, agriculture:

    rei rusticae libro primo,

    Col. 11, 1, 2; id. 1, praef. §

    19: liber, quem de rebus rusticis scripsi,

    Cic. Sen. 15, 54:

    navalis rei certamina,

    naval battles, Amm. 26, 3, 5:

    res militaris,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 1, 2:

    rei militaris gloria,

    id. Mur. 9, 22; Nep. Milt. 8, 4:

    res frumentaria,

    forage, Caes. B. C. 3, 16; id. B. G. 1, 23; 4, 7:

    armatae rei scientissimus,

    Amm. 25, 4, 7:

    peritus aquariae rei,

    id. 28, 2, 2:

    res judicaria,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 12, § 31:

    res ludicra,

    play, Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 180:

    uti rebus veneriis,

    Cic. Sen. 14, 47; Nep. Alc. 11, 4:

    res Veneris,

    Lucr. 2, 173; Ov. R. Am. 431; v. also familiaris, judiciaria, militaris, navalis, etc., and cf. II. G. infra. —
    D.
    With pronouns or adjectives, as an emphatic periphrase for the neutr.:

    ibi me inclamat Alcumena: jam ea res me horrore afficit,

    this now, Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 16; cf.: De. Estne hoc, ut dico? Li. Rectam instas viam:

    Ea res est,

    it is even so, id. As. 1, 1, 40:

    de fratre confido ita esse ut semper volui. Multa signa sunt ejus rei,

    of it, Cic. Att. 1, 10, 5: quos (melittônas) alii melittotropheia appellant, eandem rem quidam mellaria. Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 12:

    sunt ex te quae scitari volo, Quarum rerum, etc.,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 13; cf. Caes. B. G. 3, 4:

    quibus de rebus quoniam nobis contigit ut aliquid essemus consecuti,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 8, 13:

    quā super re interfectum esse Hippotem dixisti? Pac. ap. Fest. s. v. superescit, p. 244: resciscet Amphitruo rem omnem,

    every thing, all, Plaut. Am. 1, 2, 30:

    nulla res tam delirantes homines concinat cito,

    nothing, id. Am. 2, 2, 96; cf.:

    neque est ulla res, in quā, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 7, 12; 1, 5, 9; cf.

    also: sumptu ne parcas ullā in re, quod ad valetudinem opus sit,

    id. Fam. 16, 4, 2:

    magna res principio statim bello,

    a great thing, a great advantage, Liv. 31, 23 fin.:

    nil admirari prope res est una Solaque, quae, etc.,

    the only thing, only means, Hor. Ep. 1, 6, 1 et saep. — Emphatically with sup.:

    scilicet rerum facta est pulcherrima Roma,

    the most beautiful thing in the world, Verg. G. 2, 534; Quint. 1, 12, 16 Spald. p. 81. —

    Of persons, etc.: est genus hominum, qui esse primos se omnium rerum volunt,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 17:

    maxime rerum,

    Ov. H. 9, 107; cf.:

    maxima rerum Roma,

    Verg. A. 7, 602; Ov. M. 13, 508:

    fortissima rerum animalia,

    id. ib. 12, 502:

    pulcherrime rerum,

    id. H. 4, 125; id. A. A. 1, 213; id. M. 8, 49:

    dulcissime rerum,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 4.—
    E.
    In adverb. phrases:

    e re natā melius fieri haud potuit,

    after what has happened, Ter. Ad. 3, 1, 8:

    pro re natā,

    according to circumstances, Cic. Att. 7, 8, 2; 14, 6, 1:

    pro tempore et pro re,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 8:

    factis benignus pro re,

    according to circumstances, Liv. 7, 33, 3; Sall. J. 50, 2:

    pro re pauca loquar,

    Verg. A. 4, 337; Lucr. 6, 1280:

    ex re et ex tempore,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 19, 3:

    e re respondi,

    Cat. 10, 8.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Pregn., an actual thing, the thing itself, reality, truth, fact; opposed to appearance, mere talk, the mere name of a thing:

    ecastor, re experior, quanti facias uxorem tuam,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 10:

    desiste dictis nunc jam miseram me consolari: Nisi quid re praesidium apparas, etc.,

    id. Rud. 3, 3, 21: rem ipsam loqui. Ter. And. 1, 2, 31:

    rem fabulari,

    Plaut. Trin 2, 4, 87:

    nihil est aliud in re,

    in fact, Liv. 10, 8, 11 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    se ipsa res aperit,

    Nep. Paus. 3, 7:

    ex re decerpere fructus,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 79;

    opp. verbum, vox, opinio, spes, nomen, etc.: rem opinor spectari oportere, non verba,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 11, 32; cf.: te rogo, ut rem potiorem oratione ducas, Matius ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 28, 5:

    non modo res omnes, sed etiam rumores cognoscamus,

    Cic. Att. 5, 5, 1:

    qui hos deos non re, sed opinione esse dicunt,

    id. N. D. 3, 21, 53:

    Peripateticos et Academicos nominibus differentes, re congruentes,

    id. Ac. 2, 5, 15:

    quod nos honestum, illi vanum... verbis quam re probabilius vocant,

    Quint. 3, 8, 22; Sen. Ep. 120, 9:

    eum, tametsi verbo non audeat, tamen re ipsā de maleficio suo confiteri,

    id. Rosc. Am. 42, 123; cf. Ter. Ad. 4, 7, 15:

    vides quantum distet argumentatio tua ab re ipsā atque a veritate,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 15, 44. — Hence, abl. sing., often strengthened by verā (sometimes as one word, reverā), in fact, really, in truth, indeed, in reality:

    haec ille, si verbis non audet, re quidem verā palam loquitur,

    Cic. Quint. 17, 56; so,

    re quidem verā,

    id. Clu. 19, 54; id. Sest. 7, 15:

    re autem verā,

    id. Fam. 1, 4, 2;

    and simply re verā,

    id. Quint. 2, 7; id. Div. 2, 54, 110; id. Balb. 3, 7:

    re verāque,

    Lucr. 2, 48; cf.:

    et re verā,

    indeed, in fact, Cic. Fam. 3, 5, 1; Liv. 33, 11, 3; 35, 31, 12; 36, 6, 1; Nep. Ages. 2, 3; id. Phoc. 3, 3; Curt. 3, 13, 5; 4, 16, 19; Val. Max. 9, 13, ext. 1; Just. 5, 1, 8; 12, 13, 10; Plin. Ep. 6, 33, 1.—
    B.
    Effects, substance, property, possessions:

    mihi Chrysalus Perdidit filium, me atque rem omnem Meam,

    Plaut. Bacch. 5, 1, 26; cf.: Ph. Habuitne rem? Ly. Habuit. Ph. Qui eam perdidit... Mercaturamne an venales habuit, ubi rem perdidit? id. Trin. 2, 2, 49 sq.:

    quibus et re salvā et perditā profueram,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 27:

    rem talentum decem,

    id. Phorm. 2, 3, 46; Juv. 3, 16:

    avidior ad rem,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51:

    rem facere,

    to make money, Cic. Att. 2, 2, 12:

    res eos jampridem, fides deficere nuper coepit,

    id. Cat. 2, 5, [p. 1576] 10:

    qui duo patrimonia accepisset remque praeterea bonis et honestis rationibus auxisset,

    id. Rab. Post. 14, 38:

    libertino natum patre et in tenui re,

    in narrow circumstances, Hor. Ep. 1, 20, 20 et saep.; v. also familiaris.— In plur.: quantis opibus, quibus de rebus, Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 19, 44 (Trag. v. 396 Vahl.):

    privatae res,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7, 5.—
    2.
    Hence, law t. t., whatever may be the subject of a right, whether corporeal or incorporeal (v. Sandars, Introd. to Just. Inst. p. 42 sqq.):

    res corporales,

    Just. Inst. 2, 2, 1 sq.; Gai. Inst. 2, 12; Dig. 1, 8, 1:

    res in patrimonio, res extra patrimonium,

    Just. Inst. 2, 1 pr.; Gai. Inst. 2, 1:

    res sanctae,

    Just. Inst. 2, 1, 10; v. also mancipium, privatus, etc.—
    C.
    Benefit, profit, advantage, interest, weal:

    res magis quaeritur, quam, etc.,

    Plaut. Men. 4, 2, 6:

    melius illi consulas quam rei tuae,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 98:

    haec tuā re feceris,

    to your advantage, id. Capt. 2, 2, 46.— Most freq. with the prepositions in, ex, ob, ab, etc.:

    quasi istic minor mea res agatur quam tua,

    is interested, affected, Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 113 (v. ago):

    si in rem tuam esse videatur,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 2:

    vide si hoc in rem deputas,

    id. ib. 3, 3, 19:

    quod in rem recte conducat tuam,

    id. Capt. 2, 3, 26:

    si in remst utrique,

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 14:

    quid mihi melius est, quid magis in rem est, quam? etc.,

    useful, Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 1:

    tamen in rem fore credens universos adpellare,

    Sall. C. 20, 1:

    omnia quae in rem videbantur esse,

    Curt. 6, 2, 21:

    ad conparanda ea quae in rem erant,

    Liv. 30, 4, 6:

    imperat quae in rem sunt,

    id. 26, 44, 7; 22, 3, 2:

    ex tuā re non est, ut ego emoriar,

    for your advantage, Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 102: An. Non pudet Vanitatis? Do. Minime, dum ob rem, to the purpose, with advantage, Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 41: ob rem facere, usefully, with advantage or profit, Sall. J. 31, 5: subdole blanditur, ab re Consulit blandiloquentulus, contrary to his interest, i. e. to his injury, Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 12 Brix ad loc.:

    haud id est ab re aucupis,

    id. As. 1, 3, 71:

    haec haud ab re duxi referre,

    Liv. 8, 11, 1:

    non ab re esse Quinctio visum est interesse, etc.,

    id. 35, 32, 6; Plin. 27, 8, 35, § 57; Suet. Aug. 94; Gell. 18, 4, 6; 1, 26, 4; Macr. S. 1, 4, 19.—
    D.
    Cause, reason, ground, account; only in the connection eā (hac) re, and eam ob rem, adverb., therefore, on that account:

    eā re tot res sunt, ubi bene deicias,

    Cato, R. R. 158, 2:

    hac re nequeunt ex omnibus omnia gigni, Quod, etc.,

    Lucr. 1, 172; cf.:

    illud eā re a se esse concessum, quod, etc.,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 34, 111:

    patrem exoravi, tibi ne noceat, neu quid ob eam rem succenseat,

    Plaut. Bacch. 4, 4, 39; cf.:

    quoi rei?

    for what purpose? id. As. 3, 2, 43; id. Poen. 2, 3, 3.—Hence (by uniting into one word) the causal adverbs quare and quamobrem, v. h. vv.—
    E.
    An affair, matter of business, business:

    cum et de societate inter se multa communicarent et de totā illā ratione atque re Gallicanā,

    Cic. Quint. 4, 15:

    rem cum aliquo transigere,

    id. Clu. 13, 39. —

    Hence, transf., in gen.: res alicui est cum aliquo,

    to have to do with any one, Cic. Rosc. Am. 30, 84; id. Sest. 16, 37; id. Fam. 9, 20, 2; Caes. B. G. 7, 77; cf.:

    famigeratori res sit cum damno et malo,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 182 Brix ad loc.— Also without a dat.:

    quoniam cum senatore res est,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 3;

    esp., in mal. part.: rem habere cum aliquo or aliquā,

    to have to do with any one, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 6, 35; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 39; 58. —Ellipt.:

    jam biennium est, quom mecum rem coepit,

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 15. —
    F.
    A case in law, a lawsuit, cause, suit (more gen. than causa):

    ubi res prolatae sunt,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 1, 10:

    res agi,

    id. Men. 4, 2, 19; id. Aul. 3, 4, 13:

    quibus res erat in controversiā, ea vocabatur lis,

    Varr. L. L. 7, § 93; cf.

    (prob. in allusion to this legal form): tot homines... statuere non potuisse, utrum diem tertium an perendinum... rem an litem dici oporteret,

    Cic. Mur. 12, 27; cf.

    also: quarum rerum litium causarum condixit pater patratus, etc., an ancient formula,

    Liv. 1, 32:

    de rebus ab aliquo cognitis judicatisque dicere,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 48, § 118:

    pecunias capere ob rem judicandam,

    id. Fin. 2, 16, 54:

    si res certabitur olim,

    Hor. S. 2, 5, 27; 1, 10, 15; 1, 9, 41; id. Ep. 1, 16, 43:

    tractu temporis futurum, ut res pereat,

    Dig. 3, 3, 12:

    rem differre,

    ib. 43, 30, 3: res judicata dicitur, quae finem controversiarum pronuntiatione judicis accipit, ib. 42, 1, 1 et saep.—
    G.
    An affair, esp. a battle, campaign, military operations; in phrase rem (or res) gerere:

    res gesta virtute,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 23, 66:

    ut res gesta est ordine narrare,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 5, 3:

    his rebus gestis,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 8:

    res gerere,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 17, 33:

    rem bene gerere,

    id. ib. 1, 8, 1; Ter. Ad. 5, 1, 13:

    comminus rem gerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 44:

    res gestae,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 3, 7; 2, 1, 251:

    adversus duos simul rem gerere,

    Liv. 21, 60:

    rem male gerere,

    Nep. Them. 3, 3; Hor. S. 2, 3, 74:

    in relatione rerum ab Scythis gestarum,

    Just. 2, 1, 1; cf.:

    rem agere,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 4; id. A. P. 82:

    ante rem,

    before the battle, Liv. 4, 40:

    cum Thebanis sibi rem esse existimant,

    Nep. Pel. 1, 3; Cic. Sest. 16, 37.—
    H.
    Acts, events, as the subject of narration, a story, history:

    res in unam sententiam scripta,

    Auct. Her. 1, 12, 20:

    cui lecta potenter erit res,

    Hor. A. P. 40; id. S. 1, 10, 57; id. Ep. 1, 19, 29:

    in medias res auditorem rapere,

    id. A. P. 148; 310:

    agitur res in scaenis,

    id. ib. 179; cf.:

    numeros animosque secutus, non res,

    id. Ep. 1, 19, 25; Phaedr. 5, 1, 12:

    sicut in rebus ejus (Neronis) exposuimus,

    Plin. 2, 83, 85, § 199:

    litterae, quibus non modo res omnis, sed etiam rumores cognoscamus,

    Cic. Att. 5, 5, 1:

    res populi Romani perscribere, Liv. praef. § 1: res Persicae,

    history, Nep. Con. 5, 4; id. Cat. 3, 2.—
    K.
    Res publica, also as one word, respublica, the common weal, a commonwealth, state, republic (cf. civitas); also, civil affairs, administration, or power, etc.: qui pro republicā, non pro suā obsonat, Cato ap. Ruf. 18, p. 210; cf.:

    erat tuae virtutis, in minimis tuas res ponere, de re publicā vehementius laborare,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 9, 3:

    dummodo ista privata sit calamitas et a rei publicae periculis sejungatur,

    id. Cat. 1, 9; cf.:

    si re publicā non possis frui, stultum est nolle privatā,

    id. Fam. 4, 9, 4:

    egestates tot egentissimorum hominum nec privatas posse res nec rem publicam sustinere,

    id. Att. 9, 7, 5 (v. publicus); Cato ap. Gell. 10, 14, 3: auguratum est, rem Romanam publicam summam fore, Att. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 22, 45:

    quo utiliores rebus suis publicis essent,

    Cic. Off. 1, 44, 155:

    commutata ratio est rei totius publicae,

    id. Att. 1, 8, 4: pro republicā niti, Cato ap. Charis. p. 196 fin.:

    merere de republicā,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 40:

    de re publicā disputatio... dubitationem ad rem publicam adeundi tollere, etc.,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 7, 12:

    oppugnare rem publicam,

    id. Cael. 1, 1; id. Har. Resp. 8, 15; id. Sest. 23, 52:

    paene victā re publicā,

    id. Fam. 12, 13, 1:

    delere rem publicam,

    id. Sest. 15, 33; Lact. 6, 18, 28.—Esp. in the phrase e re publicā, for the good of the State, for the public benefit:

    senatūs consultis bene et e re publicā factis,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 12, 30:

    ea si dicam non esse e re publicā dividi,

    id. Fam. 13, 8, 2; id. Mil. 5, 14; Liv. 8, 4, 12; 25, 7, 4; 34, 34, 9; Suet. Rhet. 1 init. —Post-class. and rare, also ex republicā, Gell. 6, 3, 47; 11, 9, 1;

    but exque is used for euphony (class.): id eum recte atque ordine exque re publicā fecisse,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 15, 38; 5, 13, 36; 10, 11, 26.— In plur.:

    eae nationes respublicas suas amiserunt, C. Gracch. ap. Fest. s. h. v. p. 286 Müll.: hoc loquor de tribus his generibus rerum publicarum,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 28, 44:

    circuitus in rebus publicis commutationum,

    id. ib. 1, 29, 45 et saep.—
    2.
    Sometimes simply res, the State (in the poets, and since the Aug. per. in prose): unus homo nobis cunctando restituit rem, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 24, 84 (Ann. v. 313 Vahl.):

    hic (Marcellus) rem Romanam sistet,

    Verg. A. 6, 858; cf.:

    nec rem Romanam tam desidem umquam fuisse,

    Liv. 21, 16; 1, 28:

    parva ista non contemnendo majores nostri maximam hanc rem fecerunt,

    id. 6, 41 fin.:

    Romana,

    Hor. C. S. 66; id. Ep. 1, 12, 25; Ov. M. 14, 809; Sall. C. 6, 3; cf.:

    ut paulo ante animum inter Fidenatem Romanamque rem ancipitem gessisti,

    Liv. 1, 28 fin.:

    Albana,

    id. 1, 6.— In plur.:

    res Asiae evertere,

    Verg. A. 3, 1:

    custode rerum Caesare,

    Hor. C. 4, 15, 17; cf.:

    res sine discordiā translatae,

    Tac. H. 1, 29; so (also in Cic.), rerum potiri, v. potior. —
    L.
    Res novae, political changes, a revolution, etc.; v. novus.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > res

  • 9 sprawa

    - wy; -wy; dat sg - wie; f
    ( wydarzenie) matter, affair; ( interes) business; PRAWO case, ( wzniosły cel) cause

    Ministerstwo Spraw Wewnętrznych — Ministry of the Interior, ≈Home Office (BRIT)

    Ministerstwo Spraw Zagranicznych — Ministry of Foreign Affairs, ≈Foreign Office (BRIT), ≈Department of State (US)

    zdawać (zdać perf) sobie sprawę z czegoś — to be (become) aware of sth

    brać (wziąć perf) sprawę w swoje ręce — to take the matter into one's hands

    sprawa cywilna/karna/sądowa — civil/criminal/court case

    wnosić (wnieść perf) sprawę do sądu — to bring lub file a suit

    * * *
    f.
    1. ( fakt) affair, matter; sprawy rodzinne family matters; sprawy zawodowe business; sprawy codzienne everyday concerns; sprawy państwowe public affairs; nie wtrącaj się do cudzych spraw mind your own business; jak się mają sprawy? where l. how do things stand?; ruszyć sprawę z miejsca get things going; gorsza sprawa, że... what's worse...; niepokojąca sprawa matter of concern; delikatna sprawa touch-and-go; niezałatwiona sprawa loose end; pilna sprawa urgent matter; przegrana sprawa lost cause; nieczysta sprawa shady business; omawiana sprawa issue l. matter under discussion; inna sprawa, że... not to mention that...; to załatwia sprawę that settles it; sprawa jest oczywista no doubt about it, it's (pretty) straightforward; sprawa honoru matter of honor; sprawa wagi państwowej matter of the state, pressing issue; sprawa urzędowa official business; sprawa otwarta open question; sprawy sercowe affairs of the heart; na dobrą sprawę as a matter of fact, strictly speaking, to tell the truth; zdać sprawę z czegoś render an account of sth, report on sth; zdać sobie jasno sprawę z... take sth in, be well aware of sth, awake to sth; zdałem sobie sprawę, że... I realized that..., it occurred to me that...; władze zdały sobie w końcu sprawę z rozmiaru problemu authorities finally awoke to the extent of the problem; nie zdawać sobie sprawy z czegoś be unaware l. unconscious l. ignorant of sth; pokpić sprawę blow it; przeczekać sprawę let things lie, lie low; zakończyć sprawę call it quits; zaciemniać sprawę fog l. cloud l. confuse the issue; zajmować stanowisko w sprawie take a stand on an issue; to jego sprawa it's his problem l. business; to nie twoja sprawa (it's) none of your business, mind your own business; to nie moja sprawa it's not my business l. concern; to sprawa kilku dni it's a matter l. question of a few days; to poważna sprawa this is no laughing matter; to sprawa przesądzona there's nothing I(you etc.) can do about it; sprawa życia i śmierci a matter of life and death; to całkiem inna sprawa that's a different kettle of fish, it's an altogether different matter; zająć się sprawą... address the issue of...; komplikować sprawę make things difficult; pogarszać sprawę make things l. matters worse, rub salt into the wound; to przesądza sprawę that settles it; załagodzić sprawę pour oil on the waters l. on troubled waters; stawiać jasno sprawę be clear about sth; nie dostrzegać istoty sprawy miss the point; zostawić sprawę w spokoju drop the matter, let the matter rest; porządkować swoje sprawy set l. put one's own house in order, order l. settle one's affair przejść do sedna sprawy get down to the point; sedno sprawy the heart l. crux of the matter; sprawy nie układają się najlepiej things are not going right.
    2. ( interes) business; mam do pana sprawę I have a favor to ask of you; nie mam do niego żadnej sprawy I have no business with him; zwracać się do kogoś w jakiejś sprawie approach l. turn to sb about sth; sprawa niecierpiąca zwłoki urgent matter; zrób coś w tej sprawie do sth about it; kilka spraw do załatwienia a few things to attend to; wziąć sprawę w swoje ręce take matters into one's hands; mieć mnóstwo spraw na głowie have a lot on one's mind, have many things to take care of; przedyskutować wiele spraw cover a lot of ground, discuss many issues; doprowadzić sprawę do końca tie up the loose ends, bring the matter to an issue; mam jeszcze kilka spraw do załatwienia I still have a few errands to do l. run; mieć inne/ważniejsze sprawy na głowie have other/bigger fish to fry; nie ma sprawy pot. no problem, (it's) no big deal, forget it, it's no trouble at all; Ministerstwo Spraw Zagranicznych the Ministry of Foreign Affairs; US the Department of State; Br. the Foreign Office; Ministerstwo Spraw Wewnętrznych the Ministry of Internal Affairs; US the Department of Homeland Security; Br. the Home Office; sprawy wewnętrzne/zagraniczne home/foreign affairs.
    3. lit. (= wzniosły cel) cause; sprawa wielkiej wagi matter of great importance; poświęcić się dla sprawy sacrifice o.s. for the cause; walczyć o wspólną sprawę fight for the common cause; słuszna sprawa fair cause; bronić słusznej sprawy defend a good cause; zrobić coś dla dobra sprawy do sth towards promoting the cause.
    4. prawn. case; sprawa cywilna civil case; sprawa karna criminal case; sprawa rozwodowa divorce case; prowadzić sprawę ( o inspektorze policji) be on the case; wygrać/przegrać sprawę win/lose a case; umorzyć sprawę discontinue proceedings; załatwić sprawę polubownie settle a case out of court; oddać sprawę do sądu go to court; wytoczyć komuś sprawę take legal action against sb, bring an action against sb.

    The New English-Polish, Polish-English Kościuszko foundation dictionary > sprawa

  • 10 sancio

    sancĭo, xi, ctum, 4 ( pluperf. sancierat, Pompon. ap. Diom. p. 368 P.; id. ap. Prisc. p. 904 ib.:

    sancivi,

    Prisc. 904; Diom. 368; part. perf. sancitum, Lucr. 1, 587; Cass. Sev. ap. Diom. l. l.), v. a. [Sanscr. root sac, sak, to accompany, honor (cf. sequor); whence also sacer; cf. Gr. HaG, hagios, hagnos], to render sacred or inviolable by a religious act; to appoint as sacred or inviolable.
    I.
    Lit., mostly of legal ordinances or other public proceedings, to fix unalterably; to establish, appoint, decree, ordain; also, to make irrevocable or unalterable; to enact, confirm, ratify, sanction (freq. and class.; cf.: caveo, scisco).
    A.
    Sancire legem (jus, foedus, etc.):

    legibus istis, quas senatus de ambitu sancire voluerit, etc.,

    Cic. Planc. 18, 44:

    Cretum leges, quas sive Juppiter sive Minos sanxit,

    id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; cf.:

    quasdam leges ex integro sanxit,

    Suet. Aug. 34; and:

    sancire legem, Ne quis, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 55:

    tabulas Quas bis quinque viri sanxerunt,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 24:

    quam temere in nosmet legem sancimus iniquam,

    id. S. 1, 3, 67:

    legem sanciendo,

    Liv. 3, 55 et saep.— Pass.:

    haec igitur lex sanciatur, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 12, 40, and 13, 44; cf.:

    M. Valerius consul de provocatione legem tulit diligentius sanctam,

    Liv. 10, 9:

    sacrosanctum esse nihil potest, nisi quod populus plebesve sanxisset,

    Cic. Balb. 14, 33:

    sanxisset jura nobis,

    id. Rep. 3, 11, 18: jus utile civitati, Pompon. ap. Prisc. p. 904:

    in quibus (legibus) illa eadem sancta sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 50, § 123:

    cum aut morte tuā sancienda sint consulum imperia, aut impunitate in perpetuum abroganda,

    Liv. 8, 7:

    SENTENTIAM,

    Inscr. Orell. 4405:

    foedus,

    to ratify the treaty, Liv. 1, 24; so Cic. Sest. 10, 24:

    foedera sanguine,

    id. post Red. ad Quir. 5, 13; Liv. 23, 8 fin.; 25, 16; Tac. A. 12, 46; cf. poet.:

    foedera fulmine,

    Verg. A. 12, 200.—
    B.
    Sancire lege (edicto, etc.) aliquid, de aliquā re, ut, ne, etc.:

    alia moribus confirmarunt, sanxerunt autem alia legibus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 2, 2; cf.:

    genus id agrorum certo capite legis confirmari atque sanciri,

    id. Agr. 3, 1, 3:

    quod aedilis plebis fuisset, contra quam sanctum legibus erat,

    Liv. 30, 19:

    ne res efferatur jurejurando ac fide sanciatur petunt,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 2; cf. Liv. 39, 37:

    neque enim rogationibus plebisve scitis sancta sunt ista praecepta,

    Quint. 2, 13, 6:

    coetibus ac sacrificiis conspirationem civitatum,

    Tac. Agr. 27:

    eadem fuit (causa) nihil de hac re lege sanciendi,

    Liv. 34, 4:

    nihil lege ullā in alios sanxit,

    Just. 3, 2, 8:

    de jure praediorum sanctum apud nos est jure civili, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 3, 16, 65:

    inhumanissimā lege sanxerunt, ut, etc.,

    id. Rep. 2, 37, 63; cf.:

    habeat legibus sanctum, Si quis...uti, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 20:

    lege naturae, communi jure gentium sanctum est, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Har. Resp. 14, 32:

    primo duodecim tabulis sanctum, ne quis, etc.,

    Tac. A. 6, 16:

    Flaccus sanxit edicto, ne, etc.,

    Cic. Fl. 28, 67:

    in omne tempus gravi documento sancirent, ne, etc.,

    Liv. 28, 19:

    nec, quominus id postea liceret, ulla lex sanxit,

    Cic. Ep. ad Brut. 1, 5, 3.—
    (β).
    Without abl.:

    de quibus confirmandis et sanciendis legem comitiis centuriatis laturus est,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 8, 17; cf.:

    acta Caesaris,

    id. Att. 14, 21, 2:

    quae dubia sunt, per vos sancire vult,

    id. Agr. 3 4, 13:

    augurem Jovis optimi maximi,

    id. Phil. 13, 5, 12:

    cum de eo nihil sanxerit, quod antea commissum non erat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70:

    quid est, quod tam accurate tamque diligenter caveat et sanciat, ut heredes sui, etc.,

    id. Fin. 2, 31, 101.—
    C.
    With acc. and inf.:

    rursus fide sanxerunt liberos Tarentinos leges suaque omnia habituros,

    Liv. 25, 8:

    omnes liberos esse sanxit,

    Suet. Claud. 25.—
    D.
    Lex sancit, decrees, ordains (with acc. or obj.-clause):

    at hoc Valeria lex non dicit, Corneliae leges non sanciunt,

    Cic. Agr. 3, 2, 8:

    consularis lex sanxit, ne qui magistratus sine provocatione crearetur,

    id. Rep. 2, 31, 54; cf.:

    res et ab naturā profectas et ab consuetudine probatas, legum metus et religio sanxit,

    id. Inv. 2, 53, 160.—
    E.
    Poet., with relative-clause:

    quid quaeque queant, per foedera naturaï, Quid porro nequeant, sancitum quandoquidem exstat,

    Lucr. 1, 587. —
    F.
    To render sacred to any one, to devote, consecrate, dedicate:

    sancire alicui carmina,

    Stat. S. 3, 3, 215; cf. id. Th. 11, 344: templum, Coripp. 4, 264.—
    II.
    Transf., to forbid under pain of punishment, to enact a penalty against (very rare):

    incestum pontifices supplicio sanciunto,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22; cf.:

    noxiae poena par esto, ut in suo vitio quisque plectatur: vis capite, avaritia multa, honoris cupiditas ignominiā sanciatur,

    id. ib. 3, 20, 46; id. Planc. 19, 47:

    hoc (sc. insidiae) quamquam video neque more turpe haberi, neque aut lege sanciri aut jure civili: tamen naturae lege sanctum est,

    id. Off. 3, 17, 69:

    erranti viam non monstrare, quod Athenis exsecrationibus publicis sanctum est,

    id. ib. 3, 13, 55:

    Solon capite sanxit, si qui in seditione non alterius utrius partis fuisset,

    made it a capital offence, id. Att. 10, 1, 2.—With abl. of fine:

    injurias factas quinque et viginti assibus sanxerunt,

    Gell. 20, 1, 31.—Hence, sanc-tus, a, um, P. a.
    A.
    Orig., rendered sacred, established as inviolable, i. e. sacred, inviolable (whereas sacer signifies consecrated to a deity. Thus, e. g., a temple, grove, or the like, is sacer locus;

    but sanctus locus is any public place which it is forbidden to injure or disturb. A sacer locus is also sanctus, but the converse is not always true): proprie dicimus sancta, quae neque sacra neque profana sunt, sed sanctione quādam confirmata, ut leges sanctae sunt, quia sanctione quādam sunt subnixae. Quod enim sanctione quādam subnixum est, id sanctum est, etsi deo non sit consecratum,

    Dig. 1, 8, 9:

    sanctum est, quod ab injuriā hominum defensum atque munitum est...In municipiis quoque muros esse sanctos,

    ib. 1, 8, 8; cf.:

    sanctae res, veluti muri et portae,

    ib. 1, 8, 1:

    campus,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    tribuni ejus (plebis) essent sanctique sunto,

    id. Leg. 3, 3, 9 (cf. sacrosanctus):

    societas,

    id. Off. 1, 8, 26; id. Rep. 1, 32, 49:

    fides induciarum,

    Liv. 8, 37:

    nullum esse officium, nullum jus tam sanctum atque integrum, quod non ejus scelus atque perfidia violarit et imminuerit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 109; so,

    officium,

    id. Quint. 6, 26:

    poëtae...poëtae nomen,

    id. Arch. 8, 18 sq. —Hence, aerarium sanctius, a special treasure of the State, which was only to be used in cases of extreme necessity (v. aerarium).—Of persons:

    hospites ab injuriā prohibent sanctosque habent,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 23:

    ut vestris etiam legionibus sanctus essem,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 60:

    uxor,

    Phaedr. 3, 10, 30.—Because to the idea of inviolability is readily attached that of exalted worth, of sacredness, or divinity (as, on the contrary, our word sacred afterward received the meaning of inviolable, e. g. sacred rights, a sacred promise, sacred honor, etc.), sanctus denotes,
    B.
    Venerable, august, divine, sacred, pure, holy (very freq. and class.); of a divinity, and of things in any way belonging to one: Saturno sancte create, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 607 Vahl.): Juno Saturnia sancta dearum, id. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 4, 576 (Ann. v. 65 ib.): teque pater Tiberine (veneror) tuo cum flumine sancto, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 55 ib.):

    numen,

    Lucr. 5, 309; 6, 70:

    sedes deum,

    id. 5, 147; Cic. Rep. 5, 5, 7:

    fana,

    Lucr. 5, 74:

    delubra,

    id. 6, 417; 6, 1272:

    sanctus augustusque fons,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 12, 36:

    sanctior dies (with sollemnis),

    Hor. C. 4, 11, 17:

    ignes (of a sacrifice),

    Verg. A. 3, 406 et saep.—

    After Augustus,

    a title given to the emperors, Ov. F. 2, 127; Val. Fl. 1, 11:

    sanctius et reverentius est visum nomen Augusti,

    Flor. 4, 12, 66:

    intra limina sanctioris aulae,

    Mart. 5, 6, 8 (al. aevi):

    amicitiae sanctum et venerabile nomen,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 8, 15:

    libertas,

    Liv. 3, 52:

    pudicitia,

    id. 3, 52.—
    2.
    Of character, morally pure, good, innocent, pious, holy, just, etc. (freq. and class.): cum esset ille vir exemplum innocentiae, cumque illo nemo neque integrior esset in civitate neque sanctior, Cic. de Or. 1, 53, 229; cf.:

    sanctissimi viri,

    id. Lael. 11, 39:

    homines frugalissimi, sanctissimi,

    id. Fl. 29, 71:

    sancti et religiosi,

    id. Rosc. Com. 15, 44; cf.:

    qui sunt sancti, qui religionum colentes,

    id. Planc. 33, 80:

    vir in publicis religionibus foederum sanctus et diligens,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 49: veteres et sancti viri, Sall. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 2, 9:

    sanctius consilium,

    Liv. 30, 16; cf.:

    jura magistratusque legunt sanctumque senatum,

    Verg. A. 1, 426:

    da (mihi) justo sanctoque videri,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 61:

    Dareus ut erat sanctus et mitis,

    Curt. 3, 8, 5:

    amores,

    pure, chaste, Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68; cf.:

    virgines,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 27:

    sanctissima conjux,

    Verg. A. 11, 158:

    pudor,

    Tib. 1, 3, 83:

    mores (with pudicitia),

    Juv. 10, 298 et saep.:

    me quidem id multo magis movet, quod mihi est et sanctius antiquius,

    Cic. Att. 12, 19, 4:

    quod apud omnes leve et infirmum est, id apud judicem grave et sanctum esse ducatur?

    id. Rosc. Com. 2, 6; cf.:

    est et sancta et gravis oratio (Calvi),

    Quint. 10, 1, 115; so comp.:

    oratio,

    id. 8, 3, 24:

    genus orationis,

    id. 4, 2, 125:

    eloquentia,

    Tac. Or. 4:

    manus sanctas habere,

    Val. Max. 2, 2, 8:

    sanctissima disciplina (Stoicorum),

    Gell. 1, 2, 7; cf. Lucr. 3, 371. —
    C.
    In eccl. Lat., substt.
    1.
    sanctus, i, m., a saint, holy man:

    sancti tui,

    Vulg. 2 Par. 6, 41:

    omnes sancti ejus,

    id. Psa. 30, 24. —
    2.
    sanctum, i, n., a holy place; esp.:

    sanctum sanctorum,

    Vulg. Exod. 26, 34 et saep.:

    in sancto habitas,

    id. Psa. 21, 4.—Also in plur.:

    sancta sanctorum,

    Vulg. Exod. 40, 11 et saep.: violare sancta, id. Judith, 9, 11. — Adv.: sanctē (acc. to B.), solemnly, conscientiously, scrupulously, religiously, with holy awe, etc.:

    jurare,

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 112; Ter. Hec. 1, 1, 4:

    adjurare,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 27; Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 26:

    nimis sancte pius,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 8; cf.:

    pie sancteque colimus naturam excellentem,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 20, 56:

    auguste sancteque consecrare,

    id. ib. 2, 24, 62:

    disce verecundo sanctius ore loqui,

    Mart. 8, 1, 2:

    multa sunt severius scripta quam in antiquis legibus et sanctius,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 4, 8:

    se sanctissime gerere,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 4, § 13:

    te sancte precor,

    Liv. 2, 10:

    illae (tabulae) servantur sancte,

    scrupulously, religiously, Cic. Rosc. Com. 2, 7; cf.:

    me ea, quae tibi promitto ac recipio, sanctissime esse observaturum,

    id. Fam. 5, 8, 5:

    virgines tam sancte habuit,

    Curt. 3, 12, 21:

    exempla conservatae sanctissime utrobique opinionis,

    Quint. 1, 2, 4:

    apud Sallustium dicta sancte et antique,

    purely, chastely, id. 8, 3, 44.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sancio

  • 11 sanctum

    sancĭo, xi, ctum, 4 ( pluperf. sancierat, Pompon. ap. Diom. p. 368 P.; id. ap. Prisc. p. 904 ib.:

    sancivi,

    Prisc. 904; Diom. 368; part. perf. sancitum, Lucr. 1, 587; Cass. Sev. ap. Diom. l. l.), v. a. [Sanscr. root sac, sak, to accompany, honor (cf. sequor); whence also sacer; cf. Gr. HaG, hagios, hagnos], to render sacred or inviolable by a religious act; to appoint as sacred or inviolable.
    I.
    Lit., mostly of legal ordinances or other public proceedings, to fix unalterably; to establish, appoint, decree, ordain; also, to make irrevocable or unalterable; to enact, confirm, ratify, sanction (freq. and class.; cf.: caveo, scisco).
    A.
    Sancire legem (jus, foedus, etc.):

    legibus istis, quas senatus de ambitu sancire voluerit, etc.,

    Cic. Planc. 18, 44:

    Cretum leges, quas sive Juppiter sive Minos sanxit,

    id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; cf.:

    quasdam leges ex integro sanxit,

    Suet. Aug. 34; and:

    sancire legem, Ne quis, etc.,

    Liv. 3, 55:

    tabulas Quas bis quinque viri sanxerunt,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 24:

    quam temere in nosmet legem sancimus iniquam,

    id. S. 1, 3, 67:

    legem sanciendo,

    Liv. 3, 55 et saep.— Pass.:

    haec igitur lex sanciatur, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Lael. 12, 40, and 13, 44; cf.:

    M. Valerius consul de provocatione legem tulit diligentius sanctam,

    Liv. 10, 9:

    sacrosanctum esse nihil potest, nisi quod populus plebesve sanxisset,

    Cic. Balb. 14, 33:

    sanxisset jura nobis,

    id. Rep. 3, 11, 18: jus utile civitati, Pompon. ap. Prisc. p. 904:

    in quibus (legibus) illa eadem sancta sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 50, § 123:

    cum aut morte tuā sancienda sint consulum imperia, aut impunitate in perpetuum abroganda,

    Liv. 8, 7:

    SENTENTIAM,

    Inscr. Orell. 4405:

    foedus,

    to ratify the treaty, Liv. 1, 24; so Cic. Sest. 10, 24:

    foedera sanguine,

    id. post Red. ad Quir. 5, 13; Liv. 23, 8 fin.; 25, 16; Tac. A. 12, 46; cf. poet.:

    foedera fulmine,

    Verg. A. 12, 200.—
    B.
    Sancire lege (edicto, etc.) aliquid, de aliquā re, ut, ne, etc.:

    alia moribus confirmarunt, sanxerunt autem alia legibus,

    Cic. Rep. 1, 2, 2; cf.:

    genus id agrorum certo capite legis confirmari atque sanciri,

    id. Agr. 3, 1, 3:

    quod aedilis plebis fuisset, contra quam sanctum legibus erat,

    Liv. 30, 19:

    ne res efferatur jurejurando ac fide sanciatur petunt,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 2; cf. Liv. 39, 37:

    neque enim rogationibus plebisve scitis sancta sunt ista praecepta,

    Quint. 2, 13, 6:

    coetibus ac sacrificiis conspirationem civitatum,

    Tac. Agr. 27:

    eadem fuit (causa) nihil de hac re lege sanciendi,

    Liv. 34, 4:

    nihil lege ullā in alios sanxit,

    Just. 3, 2, 8:

    de jure praediorum sanctum apud nos est jure civili, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 3, 16, 65:

    inhumanissimā lege sanxerunt, ut, etc.,

    id. Rep. 2, 37, 63; cf.:

    habeat legibus sanctum, Si quis...uti, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 20:

    lege naturae, communi jure gentium sanctum est, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Har. Resp. 14, 32:

    primo duodecim tabulis sanctum, ne quis, etc.,

    Tac. A. 6, 16:

    Flaccus sanxit edicto, ne, etc.,

    Cic. Fl. 28, 67:

    in omne tempus gravi documento sancirent, ne, etc.,

    Liv. 28, 19:

    nec, quominus id postea liceret, ulla lex sanxit,

    Cic. Ep. ad Brut. 1, 5, 3.—
    (β).
    Without abl.:

    de quibus confirmandis et sanciendis legem comitiis centuriatis laturus est,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 8, 17; cf.:

    acta Caesaris,

    id. Att. 14, 21, 2:

    quae dubia sunt, per vos sancire vult,

    id. Agr. 3 4, 13:

    augurem Jovis optimi maximi,

    id. Phil. 13, 5, 12:

    cum de eo nihil sanxerit, quod antea commissum non erat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70:

    quid est, quod tam accurate tamque diligenter caveat et sanciat, ut heredes sui, etc.,

    id. Fin. 2, 31, 101.—
    C.
    With acc. and inf.:

    rursus fide sanxerunt liberos Tarentinos leges suaque omnia habituros,

    Liv. 25, 8:

    omnes liberos esse sanxit,

    Suet. Claud. 25.—
    D.
    Lex sancit, decrees, ordains (with acc. or obj.-clause):

    at hoc Valeria lex non dicit, Corneliae leges non sanciunt,

    Cic. Agr. 3, 2, 8:

    consularis lex sanxit, ne qui magistratus sine provocatione crearetur,

    id. Rep. 2, 31, 54; cf.:

    res et ab naturā profectas et ab consuetudine probatas, legum metus et religio sanxit,

    id. Inv. 2, 53, 160.—
    E.
    Poet., with relative-clause:

    quid quaeque queant, per foedera naturaï, Quid porro nequeant, sancitum quandoquidem exstat,

    Lucr. 1, 587. —
    F.
    To render sacred to any one, to devote, consecrate, dedicate:

    sancire alicui carmina,

    Stat. S. 3, 3, 215; cf. id. Th. 11, 344: templum, Coripp. 4, 264.—
    II.
    Transf., to forbid under pain of punishment, to enact a penalty against (very rare):

    incestum pontifices supplicio sanciunto,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 9, 22; cf.:

    noxiae poena par esto, ut in suo vitio quisque plectatur: vis capite, avaritia multa, honoris cupiditas ignominiā sanciatur,

    id. ib. 3, 20, 46; id. Planc. 19, 47:

    hoc (sc. insidiae) quamquam video neque more turpe haberi, neque aut lege sanciri aut jure civili: tamen naturae lege sanctum est,

    id. Off. 3, 17, 69:

    erranti viam non monstrare, quod Athenis exsecrationibus publicis sanctum est,

    id. ib. 3, 13, 55:

    Solon capite sanxit, si qui in seditione non alterius utrius partis fuisset,

    made it a capital offence, id. Att. 10, 1, 2.—With abl. of fine:

    injurias factas quinque et viginti assibus sanxerunt,

    Gell. 20, 1, 31.—Hence, sanc-tus, a, um, P. a.
    A.
    Orig., rendered sacred, established as inviolable, i. e. sacred, inviolable (whereas sacer signifies consecrated to a deity. Thus, e. g., a temple, grove, or the like, is sacer locus;

    but sanctus locus is any public place which it is forbidden to injure or disturb. A sacer locus is also sanctus, but the converse is not always true): proprie dicimus sancta, quae neque sacra neque profana sunt, sed sanctione quādam confirmata, ut leges sanctae sunt, quia sanctione quādam sunt subnixae. Quod enim sanctione quādam subnixum est, id sanctum est, etsi deo non sit consecratum,

    Dig. 1, 8, 9:

    sanctum est, quod ab injuriā hominum defensum atque munitum est...In municipiis quoque muros esse sanctos,

    ib. 1, 8, 8; cf.:

    sanctae res, veluti muri et portae,

    ib. 1, 8, 1:

    campus,

    Cic. Rab. Perd. 4, 11:

    tribuni ejus (plebis) essent sanctique sunto,

    id. Leg. 3, 3, 9 (cf. sacrosanctus):

    societas,

    id. Off. 1, 8, 26; id. Rep. 1, 32, 49:

    fides induciarum,

    Liv. 8, 37:

    nullum esse officium, nullum jus tam sanctum atque integrum, quod non ejus scelus atque perfidia violarit et imminuerit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 38, 109; so,

    officium,

    id. Quint. 6, 26:

    poëtae...poëtae nomen,

    id. Arch. 8, 18 sq. —Hence, aerarium sanctius, a special treasure of the State, which was only to be used in cases of extreme necessity (v. aerarium).—Of persons:

    hospites ab injuriā prohibent sanctosque habent,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 23:

    ut vestris etiam legionibus sanctus essem,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 24, 60:

    uxor,

    Phaedr. 3, 10, 30.—Because to the idea of inviolability is readily attached that of exalted worth, of sacredness, or divinity (as, on the contrary, our word sacred afterward received the meaning of inviolable, e. g. sacred rights, a sacred promise, sacred honor, etc.), sanctus denotes,
    B.
    Venerable, august, divine, sacred, pure, holy (very freq. and class.); of a divinity, and of things in any way belonging to one: Saturno sancte create, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 607 Vahl.): Juno Saturnia sancta dearum, id. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 4, 576 (Ann. v. 65 ib.): teque pater Tiberine (veneror) tuo cum flumine sancto, id. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 55 ib.):

    numen,

    Lucr. 5, 309; 6, 70:

    sedes deum,

    id. 5, 147; Cic. Rep. 5, 5, 7:

    fana,

    Lucr. 5, 74:

    delubra,

    id. 6, 417; 6, 1272:

    sanctus augustusque fons,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 12, 36:

    sanctior dies (with sollemnis),

    Hor. C. 4, 11, 17:

    ignes (of a sacrifice),

    Verg. A. 3, 406 et saep.—

    After Augustus,

    a title given to the emperors, Ov. F. 2, 127; Val. Fl. 1, 11:

    sanctius et reverentius est visum nomen Augusti,

    Flor. 4, 12, 66:

    intra limina sanctioris aulae,

    Mart. 5, 6, 8 (al. aevi):

    amicitiae sanctum et venerabile nomen,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 8, 15:

    libertas,

    Liv. 3, 52:

    pudicitia,

    id. 3, 52.—
    2.
    Of character, morally pure, good, innocent, pious, holy, just, etc. (freq. and class.): cum esset ille vir exemplum innocentiae, cumque illo nemo neque integrior esset in civitate neque sanctior, Cic. de Or. 1, 53, 229; cf.:

    sanctissimi viri,

    id. Lael. 11, 39:

    homines frugalissimi, sanctissimi,

    id. Fl. 29, 71:

    sancti et religiosi,

    id. Rosc. Com. 15, 44; cf.:

    qui sunt sancti, qui religionum colentes,

    id. Planc. 33, 80:

    vir in publicis religionibus foederum sanctus et diligens,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 19, § 49: veteres et sancti viri, Sall. Fragm. ap. Macr. S. 2, 9:

    sanctius consilium,

    Liv. 30, 16; cf.:

    jura magistratusque legunt sanctumque senatum,

    Verg. A. 1, 426:

    da (mihi) justo sanctoque videri,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 61:

    Dareus ut erat sanctus et mitis,

    Curt. 3, 8, 5:

    amores,

    pure, chaste, Cic. Fin. 3, 20, 68; cf.:

    virgines,

    Hor. C. 1, 2, 27:

    sanctissima conjux,

    Verg. A. 11, 158:

    pudor,

    Tib. 1, 3, 83:

    mores (with pudicitia),

    Juv. 10, 298 et saep.:

    me quidem id multo magis movet, quod mihi est et sanctius antiquius,

    Cic. Att. 12, 19, 4:

    quod apud omnes leve et infirmum est, id apud judicem grave et sanctum esse ducatur?

    id. Rosc. Com. 2, 6; cf.:

    est et sancta et gravis oratio (Calvi),

    Quint. 10, 1, 115; so comp.:

    oratio,

    id. 8, 3, 24:

    genus orationis,

    id. 4, 2, 125:

    eloquentia,

    Tac. Or. 4:

    manus sanctas habere,

    Val. Max. 2, 2, 8:

    sanctissima disciplina (Stoicorum),

    Gell. 1, 2, 7; cf. Lucr. 3, 371. —
    C.
    In eccl. Lat., substt.
    1.
    sanctus, i, m., a saint, holy man:

    sancti tui,

    Vulg. 2 Par. 6, 41:

    omnes sancti ejus,

    id. Psa. 30, 24. —
    2.
    sanctum, i, n., a holy place; esp.:

    sanctum sanctorum,

    Vulg. Exod. 26, 34 et saep.:

    in sancto habitas,

    id. Psa. 21, 4.—Also in plur.:

    sancta sanctorum,

    Vulg. Exod. 40, 11 et saep.: violare sancta, id. Judith, 9, 11. — Adv.: sanctē (acc. to B.), solemnly, conscientiously, scrupulously, religiously, with holy awe, etc.:

    jurare,

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 112; Ter. Hec. 1, 1, 4:

    adjurare,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 27; Ter. Hec. 2, 2, 26:

    nimis sancte pius,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 7, 8; cf.:

    pie sancteque colimus naturam excellentem,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 20, 56:

    auguste sancteque consecrare,

    id. ib. 2, 24, 62:

    disce verecundo sanctius ore loqui,

    Mart. 8, 1, 2:

    multa sunt severius scripta quam in antiquis legibus et sanctius,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 4, 8:

    se sanctissime gerere,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 4, § 13:

    te sancte precor,

    Liv. 2, 10:

    illae (tabulae) servantur sancte,

    scrupulously, religiously, Cic. Rosc. Com. 2, 7; cf.:

    me ea, quae tibi promitto ac recipio, sanctissime esse observaturum,

    id. Fam. 5, 8, 5:

    virgines tam sancte habuit,

    Curt. 3, 12, 21:

    exempla conservatae sanctissime utrobique opinionis,

    Quint. 1, 2, 4:

    apud Sallustium dicta sancte et antique,

    purely, chastely, id. 8, 3, 44.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sanctum

  • 12 dimitto

    dī-mitto, mīsi, missum, 3, v. a.
    I.
    With particular reference to the prep., to send different ways, to send apart, i. e.,
    A.
    [p. 582] To send out or forth in different directions, to send about (class.).
    (α).
    With acc.:

    Naevius pueros circum amicos dimittit,

    Cic. Quint. 6, 2:

    consules designatos circum provincias,

    Suet. Aug. 64:

    litteras circum municipia,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 22, 1; cf.:

    litteras circa praefectos,

    Liv. 42, 51:

    litteras per omnes provincias,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 79, 4;

    with which cf.: nuntios per agros,

    id. B. G. 6, 31, 2:

    librum per totam Italiam,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 7, 2:

    edicta per provincias,

    Suet. Galb. 10:

    certos per litora,

    Verg. A. 1, 577 et saep.:

    nuntios tota civitate Aeduorum,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 38, 9:

    nuntios in omnes partes,

    id. ib. 4, 19, 2; 4, 34, 5; cf. ib. 5, 49, 8; and poet.:

    aciem (i. e. oculos) in omnes partes,

    Ov. M. 3, 381:

    praefectos in finitimas civitates,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 7, 3; cf.:

    Manlium Faesulas,

    Sall. C. 27 et saep.:

    nuntios ad Centrones, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 39, 1; so with ad, id. ib. 6, 34, 8; id. B. C. 1, 52 fin. al.:

    legatos quoquoversus,

    id. B. G. 3, 23, 2; 7, 4, 5; id. B. C. 1, 36, 2:

    dimissos equites pabulandi causa,

    id. ib. 1, 80, 3; cf.

    equitatum,

    id. B. G. 7, 71, 5:

    omnem ab se equitatum,

    id. ib. § 1.— Trop.:

    animum ignotas in artes,

    Ov. M. 8, 188, directs, applies (al. demittit).—
    (β).
    Without object acc.:

    dimisit circum omnes propinquas regiones,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 112, 6:

    per provincias,

    Liv. 29, 37: ad amicos, Cic. Tull. Fragm. § 22; cf.:

    in omnes partis,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 43, 1.—
    B.
    To separate a multitude, to break up, dissolve; and subjectively, to dismiss (from one's self), to discharge, disband:

    senatu dimisso,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    senatum,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 65:

    concilium,

    id. Leg. 2, 12, 31; id. Vatin. 2, 5; Caes. B. G. 1, 18; 1, 31; id. B. C. 1, 32, 4 et saep.; cf.

    conventum,

    Sall. C. 21 fin.: exercitum (a standing military t. t.; cf. Vell. 2, 52, 4), Caes. B. C. 1, 2, 6; 1, 9, 5 et saep.:

    plures manus (with diducere, and opp. continere manipulos ad signa),

    Caes. B. G. 6, 34, 5:

    delectum,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 8, 15:

    convivium,

    to break up, Liv. 36, 29; Tac. A. 15, 30 et saep.
    II.
    With particular reference to the verb, to send away either an individual or a body; to let go, discharge, dismiss, release.
    A.
    Lit.:

    aliquem ab se et amandare in ultimas terras,

    Cic. Sull. 20, 57; so,

    aliquem ab se,

    id. Fam. 13, 63; Nep. Att. 4, 2:

    discedentem aliquem non sine magno dolore,

    id. ib. 12, 18 fin.:

    aliquos aequos placatosque,

    id. Or. 10, 34; so,

    aliquem incolumem,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 18, 4; 1, 23, 3:

    ex custodia,

    Liv. 23, 2, 14:

    e carcere,

    Just. 21, 1, 5:

    impunitum,

    Sall. C. 51, 5:

    saucium ac fugatum,

    Nep. Hann. 4:

    neminem nisi victum,

    id. ib. 3 et saep.; cf.:

    aliquem ludos pessumos, i. e. pessime ludificatum,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 5, 12:

    uxorem,

    i. e. to put her away, repudiate her, Suet. Aug. 63 al.:

    Cossutia dimissa, quae desponsata fuerat, etc.,

    id. Caes. 1:

    sponsam intactam,

    id. Aug. 62: cf.

    also: aliquam e matrimonio,

    Suet. Tib. 49; v. also under no. B.:

    creditorem,

    i. e. to pay him, Dig. 31, '72:

    debitorem,

    i. e. to forgive him the debt, ib. 50, 9, 4:

    equos, in order to fight on foot,

    Tac. Agr. 37 fin.; Verg. A. 10, 366;

    but also in order to flee,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 69 fin.:

    hostem ex manibus,

    id. ib. 1, 64, 2; 3, 49, 2; cf.

    also: Demosthenem (i. e. his orations) e manibus,

    to put out of one's hands, to lay down, Cic. Or. 30; cf.:

    istos sine ulla contumelia dimittamus,

    id. de Or. 3, 17, 64:

    milites, in oppidum,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 21, 2:

    a turpissima suspicione,

    to free, relieve, Petr. 13, 4.— Absol.:

    dimittam, ut te velle video,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 106; Cic. de Or. 1, 28; Quint. 11, 3, 86 al. —
    2.
    Transf., of inanimate objects:

    eum locum, quem ceperant,

    to abandon, desert, Caes. B. C. 1, 44, 4:

    Italiam,

    id. ib. 1, 25, 4:

    ripas,

    id. B. G. 5, 18 fin.:

    complura oppida,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 5:

    provinciam,

    Liv. 40, 43:

    captam Trojam,

    Ov. M. 13, 226 et saep.:

    fortunas morte,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 6, 12; cf.

    patrimonium,

    id. Caecin. 26 fin.:

    speratam praedam ex manibus,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 8, 1:

    signa ex metu,

    id. B. C. 3, 69 fin.; cf.

    arma,

    Sen. Ep. 66 fin.; Luc. 3, 367 et saep.— Esp.: dimissis manibus, with hands relaxed, i. e. in all haste:

    ibi odos dimissis manibus in caelum volat,

    Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 52; cf.:

    dimissis pedibus,

    id. ib. v. 54:

    dimissis manibus fugere domum,

    id. Ep. 3, 1, 16.—
    B.
    Trop., to renounce, give up, abandon, forego, forsake:

    ista philosophia, quae nunc prope dimissa revocatur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 4, 11:

    rem saepius frustra tentatam,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 26 fin.:

    exploratam victoriam,

    id. B. G. 7, 52, 2:

    oppugnationem,

    id. ib. 7, 17, 4; id. B. C. 3, 73, 1:

    occasionem rei bene gerendae,

    id. B. G. 5, 57, 1; cf. id. B. C. 1, 72, 4; 3, 25, 4:

    rei gerendae facultatem,

    id. ib. 1, 28, 2;

    3, 97, 1: omnem rei frumentariae spem,

    id. ib. 1, 73, 1:

    condiciones pacis,

    id. ib. 1, 26, 2:

    principatum,

    id. B. G. 6, 12, 6:

    tempus,

    id. ib. 2, 21 fin.; Cic. de Or. 2, 21, 89:

    suum jus (opp. retinere),

    id. Balb. 13, 31:

    vim suam,

    id. Fam. 9, 12: libertatem; id. Planc. 34 fin.:

    amicitias,

    id. Lael. 21:

    commemorationem nominis nostri,

    id. Arch. 11 fin.:

    quaestionem,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 30:

    curam,

    id. Att. 14, 11; Tac. Or. 3:

    praeterita, instantia, futura pari oblivione,

    id. H. 3, 36:

    matrimonia,

    Suet. Calig. 25:

    fugam,

    Verg. A. 11, 706:

    coeptum iter,

    Ov. M. 2, 598:

    cursus,

    id. ib. 11, 446 et saep.:

    tantam fortunam ex manibus,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 37 fin.:

    studium et iracundiam suam rei publicae dimittere, i. q. condonare,

    to sacrifice to the good of the state, id. B. C. 3, 69, 3; cf.:

    tributa alicui,

    i. e. to remit, Tac. H. 3, 55:

    laudibus nomen alicujus in longum aevum,

    to transmit, Luc. 1, 448:

    dimissum quod nescitur, non amittitur,

    is foregone, not lost, Pub. Syr. 138 (Rib.).

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > dimitto

  • 13 iracundia

    īrācundĭa, ae, f. [iracundus], a proneness to anger, hastiness of temper, irascibility; violence of anger, wrath, rage, passion (class.):

    ex quo in aliis anxietas, unde anxii, in aliis iracundia dicitur, quae ab ira differt: estque aliud iracundum esse, aliud iratum, ut differt anxietas ab angore,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 12, 27:

    quo distet (ira) ab iracundia apparet, Sen. de Ira, 1, 4, 1: prae iracundiā vix sum apud me,

    Ter. Heaut. 5, 1, 47:

    iracundiam reprimere,

    id. Ad. 5, 8, 3; cf.

    omittere,

    id. ib. 4, 7, 37:

    remittere,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 6, 19:

    suam rei publicae dimittere,

    to sacrifice to the good of the state, Caes. B. C. 1, 8:

    esse summā iracundiā,

    id. ib. 3, 16:

    iracundiā ardere,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 12:

    iracundiā efferri,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 75, 305:

    iracundiā exardescere ac stomacho,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 20, § 48:

    inflammari,

    id. Tusc. 4, 22, 50:

    iracundiam irritare, aut mitigare,

    Curt. 10, 5, 34:

    satiare,

    Petr. 97: opportunus ad iracundiam, Sen. de Ira, 2, 19, 1.— Plur.:

    iracundias domitas habere,

    App. Dogm. Plat. 2, p. 14, 40:

    resistere implacabilibus iracundiis,

    Amm. 29, 2, 18.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > iracundia

  • 14 give

    (to dismiss (someone) or to be dismissed (usually from a job): He got the boot for always being late.) despedir, ser puesto de patitas en la calle
    give vb
    1. dar
    can you give him a message? ¿le puedes dar un recado?
    2. regalar
    what did you give him? ¿qué le regalaste?
    tr[gɪv]
    1 (flexibility) elasticidad nombre femenino, flexibilidad nombre femenino
    transitive verb (pt gave tr[geɪv], pp given tr['gɪvən], ger giving)
    1 (gen) dar
    ■ you've given me a great idea! ¡me has dado una idea estupenda!
    2 (deliver, convey) dar, entregar
    ■ could you give him a message? ¿le podrías dar un mensaje?
    3 (as a gift) dar, regalar
    4 (provide) dar, suministrar
    5 (pay) pagar, dar
    ■ how much did you give for it? ¿cuánto pagó por ello?
    7 (dedicate) dedicar, consagrar
    8 (cause) causar, ocasionar
    9 (yield) ceder, conceder
    ■ I'll give you that it isn't easy le concedo que no es fácil, te doy la razón en que no es fácil
    1 (yield) ceder; (cloth, elastic) dar de sí
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    not to give a damn importarle a uno un bledo
    to give evidence prestar declaración
    to give it all one's got dar lo mejor de sí
    to give the game away descubrir el pastel
    'Give way' (road sign) "Ceda el paso"
    to give way (gen) ceder, conceder 2 (ground) hundirse 3 (ladder) romperse 3 (legs) doblarse
    don't give me that! familiar ¡no me vengas con esas!
    give me... every time! familiar ¡para mí no hay nada como...!
    to give somebody one's support prestarle apoyo a alguien
    to give somebody up for dead dar por muerto,-a a alguien
    what gives? familiar ¿qué pasa?
    give ['gɪv] v, gave ['geɪv] ; given ['gɪvə n] ; giving vt
    1) hand, present: dar, regalar, obsequiar
    give it to me: dámelo
    they gave him a gold watch: le regalaron un reloj de oro
    2) pay: dar, pagar
    I'll give you $10 for this one: te daré $10 por éste
    3) utter: dar, pronunciar
    to give a shout: dar un grito
    to give a speech: pronunciar un discurso
    to give a verdict: dictar sentencia
    4) provide: dar
    to give one's word: dar uno su palabra
    to give a party: dar una fiesta
    5) cause: dar, causar, ocasionar
    to give trouble: causar problemas
    to give someone to understand: darle a entender a alguien
    6) grant: dar, otorgar
    to give permission: dar permiso
    give vi
    1) : hacer regalos
    2) yield: ceder, romperse
    it gave under the weight of the crowd: cedió bajo el peso de la muchedumbre
    3)
    to give in or to give up surrender: rendirse, entregarse
    4)
    to give out : agotarse, acabarse
    the supplies gave out: las provisiones se agotaron
    give n
    flexibility: flexibilidad f, elasticidad f
    n.
    • elasticidad s.f.
    expr.
    • criticar (a alguien) v.
    • hacer (a alguien) pasar mal expr.
    expr.
    • cantarle las cuarenta verdades* (a alguien) expr.
    • decir cuántas son cinco* expr.
    give (s.o.) the slip
    expr.
    • dar esquinazo* v.
    • lograr escaparse (de alguien) expr.
    • lograr zafarse (de alguien) expr.
    v.
    (§ p.,p.p.: gave, given) = dar v.
    (§pres: doy, das...) subj: dé-
    pret: di-•)
    • donar v.
    • entregar v.
    • obsequiar v.
    • ofrecer v.
    • ofrendar v.
    • otorgar v.
    • presentar v.
    • prestar v.
    • regalar v.
    • rendir v.

    I
    1. gɪv
    1) (past gave; past p given) transitive verb
    2)
    a) (hand, pass) dar*

    give her/me/them a glass of water — dale/dame/dales un vaso de agua

    b) ( as gift) regalar, obsequiar (frml)

    to give somebody a present — hacerle* un regalo a alguien, regalarle algo a alguien

    c) ( donate) dar*, donar

    they have given $100,000 for/toward a new music room — han dado or donado $100.000/han contribuido con $100.000 para una nueva sala de música

    d) (dedicate, devote) \<\<love/affection\>\> dar*; \<\<attention\>\> prestar

    to give it all one's got — dar* lo mejor de sí

    e) ( sacrifice) \<\<life\>\> dar*, entregar*
    f) \<\<injection/sedative\>\> dar*, administrar (frml)
    3)
    a) (supply, grant) \<\<protection\>\> dar*; \<\<help\>\> dar*, brindar; \<\<idea\>\> dar*
    b) (allow, concede) \<\<opportunity/permission\>\> dar*, conceder (frml)

    given the choice, I'd... — si me dieran a elegir, yo...

    he's a good worker, I'll give him that, but... — es muy trabajador, hay que reconocerlo, pero...

    it would take us 15 months, give or take a week or two — nos llevaría unos 15 meses, semana más, semana menos

    4)
    a) ( cause) \<\<pleasure/shock\>\> dar*; \<\<cough\>\> dar*

    don't give us your germs/cold! — no nos pegues tus microbios/tu resfriado! (fam)

    b) ( yield) \<\<results/fruit\>\> dar*
    5)
    a) (award, allot) \<\<title/degree\>\> dar*, otorgar* (frml), conferir* (frml); \<\<authority/right\>\> dar*, otorgar* (frml), conceder (frml); \<\<contract\>\> dar*, adjudicar*; \<\<mark\>\> dar*, poner*
    b) ( entrust) \<\<task/responsibility\>\> dar*, confiar*
    6) (pay, exchange) dar*
    7) ( care) (colloq)

    I don't give a damn — me importa un bledo or un comino or un pepino (fam)

    8)
    a) ( convey) \<\<apologies/news\>\> dar*

    please give my regards to your mother — dale recuerdos or (AmL tb) cariños a tu madre

    she gave me to understand that... — me dio a entender que...

    b) (state, reveal) \<\<information\>\> dar*
    9) (make sound, movement) \<\<cry/jump\>\> dar*, pegar* (fam); \<\<laugh\>\> soltar*

    to give somebody a kiss/a wink — darle* un beso a alguien/hacerle* un guiño a alguien

    10) ( indicate) \<\<speed/temperature\>\> señalar, marcar*
    11)
    a) ( hold) \<\<party/dinner\>\> dar*, ofrecer* (frml)
    b) \<\<concert\>\> dar*; \<\<speech\>\> decir*, pronunciar

    2.
    vi
    1)
    a) ( yield under pressure) ceder, dar* de sí
    b) (break, give way) \<\<planks/branch\>\> romperse*
    2) ( make gift) dar*

    to give to charity — dar* dinero a organizaciones de caridad

    •
    Phrasal Verbs:

    II
    mass noun elasticidad f
    [ɡɪv] (pt gave) (pp given)
    1. TRANSITIVE VERB
    When give is part of a set combination, eg give evidence, give a lecture, give a party, give a yawn, look up the other word.
    1) [+ possession, object] dar; (for special occasion) regalar, obsequiar frm; [+ title, honour, award, prize] dar, otorgar frm; [+ organ, blood] dar, donar; (Scol) [+ mark] poner

    he was given a gold watch when he retired — le regalaron or frm obsequiaron un reloj de oro cuando se jubiló

    • he gave her a dictionary for her birthday — le regaló un diccionario por su cumpleaños

    he was given an award for bravery — le dieron or otorgaron un galardón por su valentía

    • to give sb a penalty — (Sport) conceder un penalti or penalty a algn

    • to give o.s to sb — entregarse a algn

    2) (=pass on) [+ message] dar; [+ goods, document] dar, entregar more frm ; [+ illness] contagiar, pegar *

    give them my regards or best wishes — dales saludos de mi parte

    can you give Mary the keys when you see her? — ¿puedes darle las llaves a Mary cuando la veas?

    to give sb a cold — contagiar el resfriado a algn, pegar el resfriado a algn *

    to give sth into sb's hands — liter entregar or confiar algo a algn

    3) (=offer) [+ party, dinner] dar

    to give a party for sb — dar or ofrecer una fiesta en honor de algn

    why don't you give them melon to start with? — ¿por qué no les das melón para empezar?

    what can I give him to eat/for dinner? — ¿qué puedo hacerle para comer/cenar?

    4) (=provide) [+ money, information, idea] dar; [+ task] dar, confiar

    can you give him something to do? — ¿puedes darle algo para hacer?

    • I'll never be able to give you a child — nunca podré darte un hijo

    • they gave us a lot of help — nos ayudaron mucho

    • it gave us a good laugh * — nos hizo reír mucho

    give or take... —

    12 o'clock, give or take a few minutes — más o menos las doce

    in A.D. 500 give or take a few years — aproximadamente en el año 500 después de J.C.

    5) (=cause) [+ shock, surprise] dar, causar; [+ pain] causar, provocar

    • it gives me great pleasure to welcome you all — es un gran placer para mí darles la bienvenida a todos

    to give sb a kick/push — dar una patada/un empujón a algn

    • to give sb to believe that... — hacer creer a algn que...

    I was given to believe that... — me hicieron creer que...

    • to give sb to understand that... — dar a entender a algn que...

    6) (=grant, allow)
    a) [+ permission] dar, conceder; [+ chance, time] dar

    can't you give me another week? — ¿no me puedes dar otra semana?

    • he's honest, I give you that — es honrado, lo reconozco

    how long would you give that marriage? — ¿cuánto tiempo crees que durará ese matrimonio?

    7) (=dedicate) [+ life, time] dedicar
    8) (=sacrifice) [+ life] dar
    9) (=pay) dar

    what will you give me for it? — ¿qué me das por ello?

    how much did you give for it? — ¿cuánto diste or pagaste por él?

    10) (=put through to) poner con

    could you give me Mr Smith/extension 3443? — ¿me podría poner con el Sr. Smith/con la extensión 3443?

    11) (=punish with)

    to give it to sb * — (=beat) dar una paliza a algn; (verbally) poner a algn como un trapo *

    12) (=present) presentar a

    ladies and gentlemen, I give you our guest speaker this evening,... — damas y caballeros, les presento a nuestro conferenciante de esta noche,...

    14) (=produce, supply) [+ milk, fruit] dar, producir; [+ light, heat] dar; [+ result] arrojar; [+ help, advice] dar, proporcionar

    it gives 6% a year — rinde un 6% al año

    15) (=state) [+ name, age, address] dar; (on form) poner

    to give the right/wrong answer — dar la respuesta correcta/equivocada

    16) (=care)
    17) (=make) [+ speech] dar, pronunciar frm; [+ lecture, concert] dar
    18)

    • to give way —

    a) (=collapse) [bridge, beam, floor, ceiling] ceder, hundirse; [cable, rope] romperse; [legs] flaquear

    the chair gave way under his weight — la silla no soportó su peso, la silla cedió bajo su peso

    b) (=break) [rope] romperse
    c)

    to give way (to sth) — (=be replaced) ser reemplazado (por algo); (to demands) ceder (a algo); (to traffic) ceder el paso (a algo)

    give way — (Brit) (Aut) ceda el paso

    • don't give me that! * — ¡no me vengas con esas! *

    • I'll give you something to cry about! * — ¡ya te daré yo razones para llorar!

    holidays? I'll give you holidays! * — ¿vacaciones? ya te voy a dar yo a ti vacaciones *, ¿vacaciones? ¡ni vacaciones ni narices! *

    he wants £100? I'll give him £100! * — ¿que quiere 100 libras? ¡ni cien libras ni nada!

    I'll give him what for! * — ¡se va a enterar! *

    • give me the old songs! — ¡para mí las canciones viejas!

    give me a gas cooker every time! * — ¡prefiero mil veces una cocina de gas!

    children? give me dogs any time! — ¿niños? ¡prefiero mucho antes un perro!

    2. INTRANSITIVE VERB
    1) dar

    please give generously — por favor, sean generosos

    to give to charity — hacer donativos a organizaciones benéficas, dar dinero a organizaciones benéficas

    • to give and take — hacer concesiones mutuas

    - give as good as one gets
    2) (=give way)
    a) (=collapse) [bridge, beam, floor, ceiling] ceder, hundirse; [knees] flaquear

    the chair gave under his weight — la silla cedió bajo su peso, la silla no soportó su peso

    b) (=break) [rope] romperse
    c) (=yield) [door] ceder
    3) (US)
    *

    what gives? — ¿qué pasa?, ¿qué se cuece por ahí? *

    3.
    NOUN (=flexibility) [of material] elasticidad f

    there's a lot of give in this chair/bed — esta silla/cama es muy mullida

    how much give has there been on their side? — ¿cuánto han cedido ellos?

    • give and take, you won't achieve an agreement without a bit of give and take — no vais a conseguir un acuerdo sin hacer concesiones mutuas

    * * *

    I
    1. [gɪv]
    1) (past gave; past p given) transitive verb
    2)
    a) (hand, pass) dar*

    give her/me/them a glass of water — dale/dame/dales un vaso de agua

    b) ( as gift) regalar, obsequiar (frml)

    to give somebody a present — hacerle* un regalo a alguien, regalarle algo a alguien

    c) ( donate) dar*, donar

    they have given $100,000 for/toward a new music room — han dado or donado $100.000/han contribuido con $100.000 para una nueva sala de música

    d) (dedicate, devote) \<\<love/affection\>\> dar*; \<\<attention\>\> prestar

    to give it all one's got — dar* lo mejor de sí

    e) ( sacrifice) \<\<life\>\> dar*, entregar*
    f) \<\<injection/sedative\>\> dar*, administrar (frml)
    3)
    a) (supply, grant) \<\<protection\>\> dar*; \<\<help\>\> dar*, brindar; \<\<idea\>\> dar*
    b) (allow, concede) \<\<opportunity/permission\>\> dar*, conceder (frml)

    given the choice, I'd... — si me dieran a elegir, yo...

    he's a good worker, I'll give him that, but... — es muy trabajador, hay que reconocerlo, pero...

    it would take us 15 months, give or take a week or two — nos llevaría unos 15 meses, semana más, semana menos

    4)
    a) ( cause) \<\<pleasure/shock\>\> dar*; \<\<cough\>\> dar*

    don't give us your germs/cold! — no nos pegues tus microbios/tu resfriado! (fam)

    b) ( yield) \<\<results/fruit\>\> dar*
    5)
    a) (award, allot) \<\<title/degree\>\> dar*, otorgar* (frml), conferir* (frml); \<\<authority/right\>\> dar*, otorgar* (frml), conceder (frml); \<\<contract\>\> dar*, adjudicar*; \<\<mark\>\> dar*, poner*
    b) ( entrust) \<\<task/responsibility\>\> dar*, confiar*
    6) (pay, exchange) dar*
    7) ( care) (colloq)

    I don't give a damn — me importa un bledo or un comino or un pepino (fam)

    8)
    a) ( convey) \<\<apologies/news\>\> dar*

    please give my regards to your mother — dale recuerdos or (AmL tb) cariños a tu madre

    she gave me to understand that... — me dio a entender que...

    b) (state, reveal) \<\<information\>\> dar*
    9) (make sound, movement) \<\<cry/jump\>\> dar*, pegar* (fam); \<\<laugh\>\> soltar*

    to give somebody a kiss/a wink — darle* un beso a alguien/hacerle* un guiño a alguien

    10) ( indicate) \<\<speed/temperature\>\> señalar, marcar*
    11)
    a) ( hold) \<\<party/dinner\>\> dar*, ofrecer* (frml)
    b) \<\<concert\>\> dar*; \<\<speech\>\> decir*, pronunciar

    2.
    vi
    1)
    a) ( yield under pressure) ceder, dar* de sí
    b) (break, give way) \<\<planks/branch\>\> romperse*
    2) ( make gift) dar*

    to give to charity — dar* dinero a organizaciones de caridad

    •
    Phrasal Verbs:

    II
    mass noun elasticidad f

    English-spanish dictionary > give

  • 15 महा _mahā

    1
    महा A cow.
    2
    महा The substitute of महत् at the beginning of Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhi compounds, and also at the beginning of some other irregular words. (Note: The number of compounds of which महा is the first mem- ber is very large, and may be multiplied ad infinitum. The more important of them, or such as have peculiar significations, are given below.)
    -Comp. -अक्षः an epithet of Śiva. ˚पटलिक a chief keeper of archives.
    -अङ्ग a. huge, bulky.
    -(ङ्गः) 1 a camel.
    -2 a kind of rat.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -अञ्जनः N. of a mountain.
    -अत्ययः a great danger or calamity.
    -अध्वनिक a. 'having gone a long way', dead.
    -अध्वरः a great sacrifice.
    -अनसम् 1 a heavy carriage.
    -2 cooking utensils. (
    -सी) a kitchen-maid. (
    -सः, -सम्) a kitchen; सूपानस्य करिष्यामि कुशलो$स्मि महानसे Mb.4.2.2.
    -अनिलः a whirl- wind; महानिलेनेव निदाघजं रजः Ki.14.59.
    -अनुभाव a.
    1 of great prowess, dignified, noble, glorious, magnanimous, exalted, illustrious; ग्रहीतुमार्यान् परिचर्यया मुहुर्महानु- भावा हि नितान्तमर्थिनः Śi.1.17; Ś.3.
    -2 virtuous, righteous, just.
    (-वः) 1 a worthy or respectable person.
    -2 (pl.) people of a religious sect in Mahārāṣtra founded by Chakradhara in the 13th century.
    -अन्तकः 1 death.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -अन्धकारः 1 thick darkness.
    -2 gross (spiritual) ignorance.
    -अन्ध्राः (pl.) N. of a people and their country.
    -अन्वय, -अभिजन a. nobly-born, of noble birth. (
    -यः, -नः) noble birth, high descent.
    -अभिषवः the great extraction of Soma.
    -अमात्यः the chief or prime minister (of a king).
    -अम्बुकः an epithet of Śiva.
    -अम्बुजम् a billion.
    -अम्ल a. very sour. (
    -म्लम्) the fruit of the tamarind tree. अरण्यम् a great (dreary) forest, large forest.
    -अर्घ a. very costly, costing a high price; महार्घस्तीर्थानामिव हि महतां को$प्यतिशयः U.6.11. (
    -र्घः) a kind of quail.
    -अर्घ्य a.
    1 valuable, precious.
    -2 invaluable; ines- timable; see महार्ह below.
    -अर्चिस् a. flaming high.
    -अर्णवः 1 the great ocean.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 rich.
    -2 great, noble, dignified.
    -3 important, weighty.
    -4 significant.
    -अर्बुदम् one thousand millions.
    -अर्ह a.
    1 very valuable, very costly; महार्हशय्यापरिवर्तनच्युतैः स्वकेशपुष्पैरपि या स्म दूयते Ku.5.12.
    -2 invaluable, inestimable; महार्हशयनोपेत किं शेषे निहतो भुवि Rām.6.19. 2. (
    -र्हम्) white sandal-wood.
    -अवरोहः the fig-tree.
    -अशनिध्वजः a great banner in the form of the thunderbolt; जहार चान्येन मयूरपत्रिणा शरेण शक्रस्य महाशनि- ध्वजम् R.3.56.
    - अशन a. voracious, gluttonous; Mb. 4.
    -अश्मन् m. a precious stone, ruby.
    -अष्टमी the eighth day in the bright half of Āśvina sacred to Durgā; आश्विने शुक्लपक्षस्य भवेद् या तिथिरष्टमी । महाष्टमीति सा प्रोक्ता......
    -असिः a large sword.
    -असुरी N. of Durgā.
    -अह्नः the afternoon.
    -आकार a. extensive, large, great.
    -आचार्यः 1 a great teacher.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -आढ्य a. wealthy, very rich. (
    -ढ्यः) the Kadamba tree.
    -आत्मन् a.
    1 high-souled, high-minded, magnanimous, noble; अयं दुरात्मा अथवा महात्मा कौटिल्यः Mu.7; द्विषन्ति मन्दाश्चरितं महात्मनाम् Ku.5.75; U.1.49; प्रकृतिसिद्धमिदं हि महात्मनाम् Bh.1.63.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, exalted, eminent; किमाचाराः किमाहाराः क्व च वासो महात्मनाम् Mb.3. 1.4.
    -3 mighty (महाबल); अथायमस्यां कृतवान् महात्मा लङ्केश्वरः कष्टमनार्यकर्म Rām.5.9.74. (-m.)
    1 the Supreme Spirit; युगपत्तु प्रलीयन्ते यदा तस्मिन् महात्मनि Ms.1.54.
    -2 the great principle, i. e. intellect of the Sāṅkhyas. (महात्मवत् means the same as महात्मन्).
    -आनकः a kind of large drum.
    -आनन्दः, -नन्दः 1 great joy or bliss.
    -2 espe- cially, the great bliss of final beatitude.
    (-न्दा) 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 a festival on the ninth day in the bright half of Māgha.
    -आपगा a great river.
    -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -आरम्भ a. undertaking great works, enterprizing. (
    -म्भः) any great enterprize.
    -आलयः 1 a temple in general.
    -2 a sanctuary, an asylum.
    -3 a great dwelling.
    -4 a place of pilgrimage.
    -5 the world of Brahman.
    -6 the Supreme Spirit.
    -7 a tree &c. sacred to a deity.
    -8 N. of a particular dark fortnight.
    -9 पितृश्राद्ध in the month of Bhādra- pada. (
    -या) N. of a particular deity.
    - आशय a. high- souled, nobleminded, magnanimous, noble; दैवात् प्रबुद्धः शुश्राव वराहो हि महाशयः Ks; राजा हिरण्यगर्भो महाशयः H.4; see महात्मन्.
    (-यः) 1 a noble-minded or magnanimous person; महाशयचक्रवर्ती Bv.1.7.
    -2 the ocean.
    -आस्पद a.
    1 occupying a great position.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -आहवः a great or tumultuous fight.
    -इच्छ a.
    1 magnanimous, noble-minded, high-souled, noble; मही महेच्छः परिकीर्य सूनौ R.18.33.
    -2 having lofty aims or aspirations, ambitious; विद्यावतां महेच्छानां...... नाश्रयः पार्थिवं विना Pt.1.37.
    -इन्द्रः 1 'the great Indra', N. of Indra; इयं महेन्द्रप्रभृतीनधिश्रियः Ku.5.53; R.13.2; Ms.7.7.
    -2 a chief or leader in general.
    -3 N. of a mountain range; पतिर्महेन्द्रस्य महोदधेश्च R.6.54;4.39,43. ˚चापः rain-bow. ˚नगरी N. of Amarāvatī, the capital of Indra. ˚मन्त्रिन् m. an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚वाहः the elephant Airāvata; महेन्द्रवाहप्रतिमो महात्मा Mb.9.17.52.
    -इभ्य a. very rich.
    -इषुः a great archer; अधिरोहति गाण्डीवं महेषौ Ki.13.16.
    -इष्वासः a great archer, a great warrior; अत्र शूरा महेष्वासा भामार्जुनसमा युधि Bg.1.4.
    -ईशः, -ईशानः N. of Śiva; महेशस्त्वां धत्ते शिरसि रसराजस्य जयिनीम् Udb. ˚बन्धुः the Bilva tree.
    -ईशानी N. of Pārvatī.
    -ईश्वरः 1 a great lord, sovereign; महेश्वरस्त्र्यम्बक एव नापरः R.; गोप्तारं न निधीनां कथयन्ति महेश्वरं विबुधाः Pt.2.74.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 a god (opp. प्रकृति).
    -5 the Supreme Being (परमात्मा); मायां तु प्रकृतिं विद्यान्मायिनं तु महेश्वरम् Śvet. Up.4.1. ˚सखः N. of Kubera; यया कैलासभवने महेश्वरसखं बली Mb.9.11.55.
    (-री) 1 N. of Durgā.
    -2 a kind of bell-metal.
    -उक्षः (for उक्षन्) a large bull; a full grown or strong bull; महोक्षतां वत्सतरः स्पृशन्निव R.3.32;4.22;6.72; Śi.5.63.
    -उत्पलम् a large blue lotus. (
    -लः) the Sārasa bird.
    -उत्सवः 1 a great festival or occasion of joy; नयनविषयं जन्मन्येकः स एव महोत्सवः Māl.1.36.
    -2 the god of love.
    -उत्साह a. possessed of great energy, energetic, persevering; अहं च कर्णं जानामि...... सत्यसंधं महोत्साहं...... Mb.3.91.2.
    (-हः) 1 perseverance.
    -2 great pride; ये जात्यादिमहो- त्साहान्नरेन्द्रान्नोपयान्ति च । तेषामामरणं भिक्षा प्रायश्चितं विनिर्मितम् ॥ Pt.1.38.
    -उदधिः 1 the great ocean; महोदधेः पूर इवेन्दु- दर्शनात् R.3.17.
    -2 an epithet of Indra. ˚जः a conch- shell, shell.
    - उदय a. very prosperous or lucky, very glorious or splendid, of great prosperity.
    (-यः) 1 (a) great elevation or rise, greatness, prosperity; नन्दस्त्वतीन्द्रियं दृष्ट्वा लोकपालमहोदयम् Bhāg.1.28.1; अपवर्ग- महोदयार्थयोर्भुवमंशाविव धर्मयोर्गतौ R.8.16. (b) great fortune or good luck. (c) greatness, pre-eminence.
    -2 final beatitude.
    -3 a lord, master.
    -4 N. of the district called Kānyakubja or Kanouja; see App.
    -5 N. of the capital of Kanouja.
    -6 sour milk mixed with honey.
    -7 = महात्मन् q. v.; संसक्तौ किमसुलभं महोदयानाम Ki.7.27. ˚पर्वन् a time of union of the middle of श्रवण नक्षत्र and the end of व्यतिपात (generally in the month of माघ or पौष at the beginning of अमावास्या).
    - उदर a. big-bellied, corpulent.
    -(रम्) 1 a big belly.
    -2 dropsy.
    -उदार a.
    1 very generous or magnanimous.
    -2 mighty, powerful.
    -उद्यम a. = महोत्साह q. v; महोद्यमाः कर्म समा- रभन्ते.
    -उद्योग a. very industrious or diligent, hard- working.
    -उद्रेकः a particular measure (= 4 प्रस्थs).
    -उन्नत a. exceedingly lofty. (
    -तः) the palmyra tree.
    -उन्नतिः f. great rise or elevation (fig. also), high rank.
    -उपकारः a great obligation.
    -उपाध्यायः a great preceptor, a learned teacher.
    -उरगः a great serpent; वपुर्महोरगस्येव करालफणमण्डलम् R.12.98.
    -उरस्क a. broad-chested. (
    -स्कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -उर्मिन् m. the ocean; ततः सागरमासाद्य कुक्षौ तस्य महोर्मिणः Mb.3.2.17.
    -उल्का 1 a great meteor.
    -2 a great fire-brand.
    -ऋत्विज् m. 'great priest', N. of the four chief sacri- ficial priests.
    -ऋद्धि a. very prosperous, opulent. (-f.) great prosperity or affluence.
    -ऋषभः a great bull.
    -ऋषिः 1 a great sage or saint; यस्मादृषिः परत्वेन महांस्त- स्मान्महर्षयः; (the term is applied in Ms.1.34 to the ten Prajāpatis or patriarchs of mankind, but it is also used in the general sense of 'a great sage').
    -2 N. of Sacute;iva.
    -3 of Buddha.
    -ओघ a. having a strong current.
    -घः a very large number; शतं खर्व- सहस्राणां समुद्रमभिधीयते । शतं समुद्रसाहस्रं महौघमिति विश्रुतम् ॥ Rām.6.28.37.
    -ओष्ठ (महोष्ठ) a. having large lips. (
    -ष्ठः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -ओजस् a. very mighty or powerful, possessed of great splendour or glory; महौजसा मानधना धनार्चिताः Ki.1.19. (-m.) a great hero or warrior, a champion. (-n.) great vigour.
    -ओजसम् the discus of Viṣṇu (सुदर्शन). (
    -सी) N. of plant (Mar. कांगणी).
    -ओदनी Asparagus Racemosus (Mar. शतावरी).
    -ओषधिः f.
    1 a very efficacious medicinal plant, a sovereign drug.
    -2 the Dūrvā grass.
    -3 N. of various plants ब्राह्मी, श्वेतकण्टकारी, कटुका, अतिविष &c. ˚गणः a collection of great or medicinal herbs:-- पृश्निपर्णी श्यामलता भृङ्गराजः शतावरी । गुड्चा सहदेवी च महौषधिगणः स्मृतः ॥ cf. also सहदेवी तथा व्याघ्री बला चातिबला त्वचा । शङ्खपुष्पी तथा सिंही अष्टमी च सुवर्चला ॥ महौषध्यष्टकं प्रोक्तं....
    -औषधम् 1 a sovereign remedy, panacea.
    -2 ginger.
    -3 garlic.
    -4 a kind of poison (वत्सनाभ).
    -कच्छः 1 the sea.
    -2 N. of Varuṇa.
    -3 a mountain.
    -कन्दः garlic.
    -कपर्दः a kind of shell.
    -कपित्थः 1 the Bilva tree.
    -2 red garlic.
    -कम्बु a. stark naked. (
    -म्बुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर a.
    1 large-handed.
    -2 having a large revenue.
    -कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कर्मन् a. doing great works. (-m.) an epithet of Śiva.
    -कला the night of the new moon.
    -कल्पः a great cycle of time (1 years of Brahman); Bhāg.7.15.69.
    -कविः 1 a great poet, a classical poet, such as कालिदास, भवभूति, बाण, भारवि &c.
    -2 an epithet of Śukra.
    -कषायः N. of a plant (Mar. कायफळ).
    -कान्तः an epithet of Śiva. (
    -ता) the earth.
    -काय a. big-bodied, big, gigantic, bulky.
    (-यः) 1 an elephant.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu.
    -4 of a being attending on Śiva (= नन्दि).
    -कारुणिक a. exceedingly compassionate.
    -कार्तिकी the night of full-moon in the month of Kārtika.
    -कालः 1 a form of Śiva in his character as the destroyer of the world; महाकालं यजेद्देव्या दक्षिणे धूम्रवर्णकम् Kālītantram.
    -2 N. of a cele- brated shrine or temple of Śiva (Mahākāla) (one of the 12 celebrated Jyotirliṅgas) established at Ujjayinī (immortalized by Kālidāsa in his Meghadūta, which gives a very beautiful description of the god, his temple, worship &c., together with a graphic picture of the city; cf. Me.3-38; also R.6.34); महाकालनिवासिनं कालीविलासिनमनश्वरं महेश्वरं समाराध्य Dk.1.1.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -4 N. of a kind of gourd.
    -5 N. of Śiva's servant (नन्दि). ˚पुरम् the city of Ujjayinī. ˚फलम् a red fruit with black seeds; पक्वं महाकालफलं किलासीत् N.22.29.
    -काली an epithet of Durgā in her terrific form.
    -काव्यम् a great or classical poem; (for a full description of its nature, contents &c., according to Rhetoricians see S. D.559). (The number of Mahākāvyas is usually said to be five:-- रघुवंश, कुमारसंभव, किरातार्जुनीय, शिशुपालवध and नैषधचरित or six, if मेघदूत-- a very small poem or खण़्डकाव्य-- be added to the list. But this enumeration is apparently only traditional, as there are several other poems, such as the भट्टिकाव्य, विक्रमाङ्कदेवचरित, हरविजय &c. which have an equal claim to be considered as Mahākāvyas).
    -कीर्तनम् a house.
    -कुमारः the eldest son of a reigning prince, heir-apparent.
    -कुल, -कुलीन a. of noble birth or descent, sprung from a noble family, nobly born. (
    -लम्) a noble birth or family, high descent.
    -कुहः a species of parasitical worm.
    -कृच्छ्रम् a great penance.
    -केतुः N. of Śiva.
    -केशः, -कोशः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 a large sheath.
    -क्रतुः a great sacrifice; e. g. a horse-sacrifice; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतोरमुं तुरङ्गं प्रतिमोक्तुमर्हसि R.3.46.
    -क्रमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -क्रोधः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षत्रपः a great satrap.
    -क्षीरः sugar-cane.
    -क्षीरा f. a She-buffalo; Nighaṇṭaratnākara.
    -खर्वः, -र्वम् a high number (ten billions ?).
    -गजः a great elephant; see दिक्करिन्.
    -गणपतिः a form of the god Gaṇeśa.
    -गदः fever.
    -गन्ध a. exceedingly fragrant. (
    -न्धः) a kind of cane. (
    -न्धम्) a kind of sandal- wood. (
    -न्धा) N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -गर्तः, -गर्भः -गीतः N. of Śiva.
    -गर्दभगन्धिका N. of a plant, भारङ्गी.
    -गल a. longnecked.
    -गवः Bos gavaeus.
    -गुण a. very efficacious, sovereign (as a medicine); त्वया ममैष संबन्धः कपिमुख्य महागुणः Rām.5.1.12. (
    -णः) a chief quality, cardinal virtue.
    -गुरुः a highly respectable or venerable person; (these are three, the father, mother and preceptor; पिता माता तथाचार्यो महागुरुरिति स्मृतः).
    -गुल्मा the Soma plant.
    -गृष्टिः f. a cow with a large hump.
    -ग्रहः 1 an epithet of Rāhu.
    -2 the sun; महाग्रहग्राहविनष्टपङ्कः Rām.5.5.6.
    -ग्रामः N. of the ancient capital of Ceylon, the modern Māgama.
    -ग्रीवः 1 a camel.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -ग्रीविन् m. a camel.
    -घूर्णा spirituous liquor.
    -घृतम् ghee kept for a long time (for medicinal purposes).
    -घोष a. noisy, loud-sounding. (
    -षम्) a market, fair. (
    -षः) a loud noise, clamour.
    -चक्रम् the mystic circle in the शाक्त ceremonial.
    -चक्रवर्तिन् m. a universal monarch.
    -चण्डा N. of Chāmuṇḍā.
    -चपला a kind of metre.
    -चमूः f. a large army.
    -छायः the fig-tree.
    -जङ्घः a camel.
    -जटः an epithet of Śiva.
    -जटा 1 a great braid of hair.
    -2 the matted hair of Śiva.
    -जत्रु a. having a great collar-bone. (
    -त्रुः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -जनः 1 a multitude of men, a great many beings, the general populace or public; महाजनो येन गतः स पन्थाः Mb.3.313. 117; आगम्य तु ततो राजा विसृज्य च महाजनम् 6.98.25.
    -2 the populace, mob; विलोक्य वृद्धोक्षमधिष्ठितं त्वया महाजनः स्मेरमुखो भविष्यति Ku.5.7.
    -3 a great man, a distinguished or eminent man; महाजनस्य संसर्गः कस्य नोन्नतिकारकः । पद्मपत्रस्थितं तोयं धत्ते मुक्ताफलश्रियम् Pt.3.6.
    -4 the chief of a caste or trade.
    -5 a merchant, tradesman.
    -जवः an antelope.
    -जातीय a.
    1 rather large.
    -2 of an excellent kind.
    -जालिः, -ली N. of a plant (Mar. सोनामुखी)
    -जिह्वः an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्ञानिन् m.
    1 a very learned man.
    -2 a great sage.
    -3 N. of Śiva.
    -ज्यैष्ठी the day of fullmoon in the month of Jyeṣṭha; ताभिर्दृश्यत एष यान् पथि महाज्यैष्ठीमहे मन्महे N.15.89; पूर्णिमा रविवारेण महाज्यैष्ठी प्रकीर्तिता Agni P.121.63.
    -ज्योतिस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -ज्वरः great affliction.
    -ज्वाल a. very brilliant or shining.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a sacrificial fire.
    -डीनम् a kind of flight; 'यानं महाडीनमाहुः पवित्रामूर्जितां गतिम्' Mb.8.41.27 (com.).
    -तपस् m.
    1 a great ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -तलम् N. of one of the seven lower regions; see पाताल.
    -तारा N. of a Buddhist goddess.
    -तिक्तः the Nimba tree.
    -तिथिः the 6th day of a lunation.
    -तीक्ष्ण a. exceedingly sharp or pungent. (
    -क्ष्णा) the marking- nut plant.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 possessed of great lustre or splendour.
    -2 very vigorous or powerful, heroic. (-m.)
    1 a hero, warrior.
    -2 fire.
    -3 an epithet of Kārtikeya. (-n.) quick-silver.
    -त्याग, -त्यागिन् a. very generous. (-m.) N. of Śiva.
    -दंष्ट्रः a species of big tiger.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant with large tusks.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -दण्डः 1 a long arm.
    -2 a severe punishment.
    -दम्भः an epithet of Śiva.
    -दशा the influence exercised (over a man's destiny) by a predominant planet.
    -दानम् the gift of gold equal to one's own weight; अथातः संप्रवक्ष्यामि महादानस्य लक्षणम्.
    -दारु n. the devadāru tree.
    -दुर्गम् a great calamity; Pt.
    -दूषकः a kind of grain.
    -देवः N. of Śiva.
    (-वी) 1 N. of Pārvatī.
    -2 the chief queen.
    -द्रुमः the sacred fig-tree.
    -द्वारम् a large gate, the chief or outer gate of a temple.
    -धन a.
    1 rich.
    -2 expensive, costly; हेमदण्डैर्महाधनैः Rām.7. 77.13.
    (-नम्) 1 gold.
    -2 incense.
    -3 a costly or rich dress.
    -4 agriculture, husbandry.
    -5 anything costly or precious.
    -6 great booty.
    -7 a great battle (Ved.).
    -धनुस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धातुः 1 gold.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 lymph.
    -4 N. of Meru.
    -धी a. having a great understanding.
    -धुर्यः a full-grown draught ox.
    -ध्वजः a camel.
    -ध्वनिक a. dead.
    -नग्नः an athlete; Buddh.
    -नटः an epithet of Śiva; महानटः किं नु...... तनोति...... साम्प्रतमङ्गहारम् N.22.7; महानटबाहुनेव बद्धभुजाङ्केन Vās.
    -नदः a great river.
    -नदी 1 a great river, such as Gaṅgā, Kṛiṣṇā; मन्दरः पर्वतश्चाक्षो जङ्घा तस्य महानदी Mb.8.34.2; संभूयाम्भोधिमभ्येति महानद्या नगापगा Śi.2.1.
    -2 N. of a river falling into the bay of Bengal.
    -नन्दा 1 spirituous liquor.
    -2 N. of a river.
    -3 ninth day of the bright half of the month of Māgha; माघमासस्य या शुक्ला नवमी लोकपूजिचा । महानन्देति सा प्रोक्ता....
    -नरकः N. of one of the 21 hells.
    -नलः a kind of reed.
    -नवमी the ninth day in the bright half of Āśvina, sacred to the worship of Durgā ततो$नु नवमी यस्मात् सा महानवमी स्मृता.
    -नाटकम् 'the great drama', N. of a drama, also called Hanumannāṭaka, (being popularly ascribed to Hanumat); thus defined by S. D.:-- एतदेव यदा सर्वैः पताकास्थानकैर्युतम् । अङ्कैश्च दशभिर्धीरा महानाटकमूचिरे ॥
    -नाडी sinew, tendon.
    -नादः 1 a loud sound, uproar.
    -2 a great drum.
    -3 a thunder-cloud.
    -4 a shell.
    -5 an elephant.
    -6 a lion.
    -7 the ear.
    -8 a camel.
    -9 an epithet of Śiva. (
    -दम्) a musical instrument.
    -नाम्नी 1 N. of a परिशिष्ट of Sāmaveda.
    -2 (pl.) N. of 9 verses of Sāmaveda beginning with विदा मघवन् विदा.
    -नायकः 1 a great gem in the centre of a string of pearls.
    -2 a great head or chief.
    -नासः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निद्र a. fast asleep. (
    -द्रा) 'the great sleep', death.
    -निम्नम् intestines, abdomen.
    -नियमः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -निर्वाणम् total extinction of individuality (according to the Buddhists).
    -निशा 1 the dead of night, the second and third watches of the night; महानिशा तु विज्ञेया मध्यमं प्रहरद्वयम्
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -नीचः a washerman.
    -नील a. dark-blue. (
    -लः) a kind of sapphire or emerald; इन्द्रनीलमहानीलमणिप्रवरवेदिकम् Rām.5.9.16; महा- महानीलशिलारुचः Śi.1.16;4.44; R.18.42; Kau. A.2.11. 29. ˚उपलः a sapphire.
    -नृत्यः, -नेत्रः an epithet of Śiva.
    -नेमिः a crow.
    -न्यायः the chief rule.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 having many adherents.
    -2 having a large family or retinue; महापक्षे धनिन्यार्थे निक्षेपं निक्षिपेद् बुधः Ms.8.179.
    (-क्षः) 1 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -2 a kind of duck. (
    -क्षी) an owl.
    -पङ्क्तिः, -पदपङ्क्तिः a kind of metre.
    -पञ्चमूलम् the five great roots:-- बिल्वो$ग्निमन्थः श्योनाकः काश्मरी पाटला तथा । सर्वैस्तु मिलितैरेतैः स्यान्महापञ्चमूलकम् ॥
    -पञ्चविषम् the five great or deadly poisons:-- शृङ्गी च कालकूटश्च मुस्तको वत्सनाभकः । शङ्खकर्णीति योगो$यं महापञ्चविषाभिधः ॥
    -पटः the skin.
    -पथः 1 chief road, principal street, high or main road; संतानकाकीर्णमहापथं तत् Ku.7.3.
    -2 the passage into the next world, i. e. death.
    -3 N. of certain mountain-tops from which devout persons used to throw themselves down to secure entrance into heaven.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -5 the long pilgrimage to mount Ke- dāra.
    -6 the way to heaven.
    -7 the knowledge of the essence of Śiva acquired in the pilgrimage to Kedāra.
    -पथिक a.
    1 undertaking great journeys.
    -2 one receiving Śulka (toll) on the high way; cf. Mb.12.76.6 (com. महापथिकः समुद्रे नौयानेन गच्छन् यद्वा महापथि शुल्कग्राहकः)
    -पद्मः 1 a particular high number.
    -2 N. of Nārada.
    -3 N. of one of the nine treasures of Kubera.
    -4 N. of the southernmost elephant supporting the world.
    -5 an epithet of Nanda.
    -6 a Kinnara attendant on Kubera.
    (-द्मम्) 1 a white lotus.
    -2 N. of a city. ˚पतिः N. of Nanda.
    -पराकः a. a particular penance; Hch.
    -पराङ्णः a late hour in the afternoon.
    -पवित्रः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पशुः large cattle; महापशूनां हरणे... दण्डं प्रकल्पयेत् Ms.8.324.
    -पातः a long flight; Pt.2.58.
    -पातकम् 1 a great sin, a heinous crime; ब्रह्महत्या सुरापानं स्तेयं गुर्वङ्गनागमः । महान्ति पातकान्याहुस्तत्संसर्गश्च पञ्चमम् ॥ Ms.1154.
    -2 any great sin or transgression.
    -पात्रः a prime minister.
    -पादः an epithet of Śiva.
    -पाप्मन् a. very sinful or wicked.
    -पुराणम् N. of a Purāṇa; महापुराणं विज्ञेयमेकादशकलक्षणम् Brav. P.
    -पुंसः a great man.
    -पुरुषः 1 a great man, an eminent or distinguished personage; शब्दं महापुरुषसंविहितं निशम्य U. 6.7.
    -2 the Supreme Spirit.
    -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -पौरुषिकः a worshipper of Viṣṇu; तदहं ते$भिधास्यामि महापौरुषिको भवान् Bhāg.2.1.1.
    -पुष्पः a kind of worm.
    -पूजा great worship; any solemn worship performed on extraordinary occasions.
    -पृष्ठः a camel.
    -पोटगलः a kind of large reed.
    -प्रजापतिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -प्रतीहारः a chief door-keeper.
    -प्रपञ्चः the great universe.
    -प्रभ a. of great lustre. (
    -भः) the light of a lamp.
    -प्रभुः 1 a great lord.
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -3 a chief.
    -4 an epithet of Indra.
    -5 of Śiva
    -6 of Viṣṇu.
    -7 a great saint or holy man.
    -प्रलयः 'the great dissolution', the total annihilation of the universe at the end of the life of Brahman, when all the lokas with their inha- bitants, the gods, saints &c. including Brahman himself are annihilated; महाप्रलयमारुत...... Ve.3.4.
    -प्रश्नः a knotty question.
    -प्रसादः 1 a great favour.
    -2 a great present (of food offered to an idol); पादोदकं च निर्माल्यं नैवेद्यं च विशेषतः । महाप्रसाद इत्युक्त्वा ग्राह्यं विष्णोः प्रयत्नतः
    -प्रस्थानम् 1 departing this life, death.
    -2 setting out on a great journey for ending life; इहैव निधनं याम महाप्रस्थानमेव वा Rām.2.47.7 (com. महाप्रस्थानं मरणदीक्षा- पूर्वकमुत्तराभिमुखगमनम्); Mb.1.2.365.
    -प्राणः 1 the hard breathing or aspirate sound made in the pronunciation of the aspirates.
    -2 the aspirated letters themselves (pl.); they are:-- ख्, घ्, छ्, झ्, ठ्, ढ्, थ्, ध्, फ्, भ्, श्, ष्, स्, ह्.
    -3 a raven.
    -प्राणता possession of great strength or essence; अन्यांश्च जीवत एव महाप्राणतया स्फुरतो जग्राह K.
    -प्रेतः a noble departed spirit.
    -प्लवः a great flood, deluge;... क्षिप्तसागरमहाप्लवामयम् Śi.14.71.
    -फल a.
    1 bearing much fruit.
    -2 bringing much reward.
    (-ला) 1 a bitter gourd.
    -2 a kind of spear.
    (-लम्) 1 a great fruit or reward.
    -2 a testicle.
    -फेना the cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः a peculiar position of hands or feet.
    -बभ्रुः a kind of animal living in holes.
    -बल a. very strong; नियुज्यमानो राज्याय नैच्छद्राज्यं महाबलः Rām
    (-लः) 1 wind, storm.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -3 a solid bamboo.
    -4 a palm.
    -5 a crocodile.
    -बला N. of a plant; महाबला च पीतपुष्पा सहदेवी च सा स्मृता Bhāva. P. (
    -लम्) lead. ˚ईश्वरः N. of a Liṅga of Śiva near the modern Mahābaleśwara.
    -बाध a. causing great pain or damage.
    -बाहु a. long-armed, powerful. (
    -हुः) an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -बि(वि)लम् 1 the atmosphere.
    -2 the heart.
    -3 a water-jar, pitcher.
    -4 a hole, cave.
    -बिसी a variety of skin (चर्म), a product of द्वादशग्राम in the Himālayas.
    -बी(वी)जः an epithet of Śiva.
    -बी (वी)ज्यम् the perinæum.
    -बुध्न a. having a great bottom or base (as a mountain).
    -बुशः barley.
    -बृहती a kind of metre.
    -बोधिः 1 the great intelligence of a Buddha.
    -2 a Buddha.
    -ब्रह्मम्, -ब्रह्मन् n. the Supreme Spirit.
    -ब्राह्मणः 1 a great or learned Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 a low or contemptible Brāhmaṇa.
    -भटः a great warrior; तदोजसा दैत्यमहाभटार्पितम् Bhāg.
    -भद्रा N. of the river Gaṅgā.
    -भाग a.
    1 very fortunate or blessed, very lucky or prosperous.
    -2 illustrious, distinguished, glo- rious; उभौ धर्मौ महाभागौ Mb.12.268.3; महाभागः कामं नरपतिरभिन्नस्थितिरसौ Ś.5.1; Ms.3.192.
    -3 very pure or holy, highly virtuous; पतिव्रता महाभागा कथं नु विचरिष्यति Mb.4.3.16.
    -भागता, -त्वम्, -भाग्यम् 1 extreme good fortune, great good luck, prosperity.
    -2 great excel- lence or merit.
    -भागवतम् the great Bhāgavata, one of the 18 Purāṇas. (
    -तः) a great worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -भागिन् a. very fortunate or prosperous.
    -भाण्डम् a chief treasury.
    -भारतम् N. of the celebrated epic which describes the rivalries and contests of the sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Pāṇḍu. (It consists of 18 Parvans or books, and is said to be the composition of Vyāsa; cf. the word भारत also); महत्त्वाद्भारतत्वाच्च महाभारतमुच्यते
    -भाष्यम् 1 a great commentary.
    -2 particularly, the great commentary of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini.
    -भासुरः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -भिक्षुः N. of Śākyamuni.
    -भीता a kind of sensitive plant (लाजाळू).
    -भीमः an epithet of king Śantanu.
    -भीरुः a sort of beetle or fly.
    -भुज a. long-armed, powerful.
    -भूतम् a great or primary element; see भूत; तस्यैतस्य महाभूतस्य निःश्वसितमेतद्यदृग्वेदः Up.; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना R.1. 29; Ms.1.6.
    (-तः) 1 the Supreme Being.
    -2 a great creature.
    -भोगः 1 a great enjoyment.
    -2 a great coil or hood; great winding.
    -3 a serpent. (
    -गा) an epi- thet of Durgā.
    -मणिः 1 a costly or precious jewel; संस्कारोल्लिखितो महामणिरिव क्षीणो$पि नालक्ष्यते Ś.6.5.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -मति a.
    1 high-minded.
    -2 clever. (
    -तिः) N. of Bṛihaspati or Jupiter.
    -मत्स्यः a large fish, sea-monster.
    -मद a. greatly intoxicated. (
    -दः) an elephant in rut.
    -मनस्, -मनस्क a.
    1 high-minded, noble- minded, magnanimous; ततो युधिष्ठिरो राजा धर्मपुत्रो महामनाः Mb.4.1.7.
    -2 liberal.
    -3 proud, haughty. (-m) a fabulous animal called शरभ q. v.
    -मन्त्रः 1 any sacred text of the Vedas.
    -2 a great or efficacious charm, a powerful spell.
    -मन्त्रिन् m. the prime-minister, premier.
    -मयूरी N. of Buddhist goddess.
    -मलहारी a kind of Rāgiṇi.
    -महः a great festive procession; Sinhās.
    -महस् n. a great light (seen in the sky).
    -महोपाध्यायः 1 a very great preceptor.
    -2 a title given to learned men and reputed scholars; e. g. महामहो- पाध्यायमल्लिनाथसूरि &c.
    -मांसम् 'costly flesh', especially human flesh; न खलु महामांसविक्रयादन्यमुपायं पश्यामि Māl.4; अशस्त्रपूतं निर्व्याजं पुरुषाङ्गोपकल्पितम् । विक्रीयते महामांसं गृह्यतां गृह्यतामिदम् 5.12 (see Jagaddhara ad loc.).
    -माघी the full-moon day in the month of Māgha.
    -मात्र a.
    1 great in measure, very great or large.
    -2 most excellent, best; वृष्ण्यन्धकमहामात्रैः सह Mb.1.221.27; 5.22.37.
    (-त्रः) 1 a great officer of state, high state- official, a chief minister; (मन्त्रे कर्मणि भूषायां वित्ते माने परिच्छदे । मात्रा च महती येषां महामात्रास्तु ते स्मृताः); Ms. 9.259; गूढपुरुषप्रणिधिः कृतमहामात्रापसर्पः (v. l. महामात्यापसर्पः) पौरजानपदानपसर्पयेत् Kau. A.1.13.9; Rām.2.37.1.
    -2 an elephant-driver or keeper; मदोन्मत्तस्य भूपस्य कुञ्जरस्य च गच्छतः । उन्मार्गं वाच्यतां यान्ति महामात्राः समीपगाः ॥ Pt.1.161.
    -3 a superintendent of elephants.
    (-त्री) 1 the wife of a chief minister.
    -2 the wife of a spiritual teacher.
    -मानसी N. of a Jain goddess.
    -मान्य a. being in great honour with; मकरन्दतुन्दिलानामरविन्दानामयं महामान्यः Bv.1.6.
    -मायः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -माया 1 worldly illusion, which makes the material world appear really existent.
    -2 N. of Durgā; महामाया हरेश्चैषा यया संमोह्यते जगत् Devīmāhātmya.
    -मायूरम् a particular drug. (
    -री) N. of an amulet and a goddess; Buddh.
    -मारी 1 cholera, an epidemic.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -मार्गः high road, main street. ˚पतिः a superintendent of roads.
    -मालः N. of Śiva.
    -माहेश्वरः a great worshipper of Maheśvara or Śiva.
    -मुखः a crocodile.
    -मुद्रा a parti- cular position of hands or feet (in practice of yoga).
    -मुनिः 1 a great sage.
    -2 N. of Vyāsa.
    -3 an epithet of Buddha.
    -4 of Agastya.
    -5 the coriander plant. (
    -नि n.)
    1 coriander seed.
    -2 any medicinal herb or drug.
    -मूर्तिः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -मूलम् a large radish. (
    -लः) a kind of onion.
    -मूल्य a. very costly. (
    -ल्यः) a ruby.
    -मृगः 1 any large animal.
    -2 an elephant,
    -3 the fabulous animal called शरभ.
    -मृत्युः, -मेधः N. of Śiva.
    -मृत्युंजयः a kind of drug.
    -मृधम् a great battle.
    -मेदः the coral tree; महामेदाभिधो ज्ञेयः Bhāva. P.
    -मेधा an epithet of Durgā.
    -मोहः great infatuation or confusion of mind. (ससर्ज) महामोहं च मोहं च तमश्चाज्ञानवृत्तयः Bhāg.3.12.2. (
    -हा) an epithet of Durgā.
    -यज्ञः 'a great sacrifice', a term applied to the five daily sacrifices or acts of piety to be performed by a house-holder; अध्यापनं ब्रह्मयज्ञः पितृयज्ञस्तु तर्पणम् । होमो दैवो (or देवयज्ञः) बलिर्भौतो (or भूतयज्ञः) नृयज्ञो$तिथिपूजनम् ॥ Ms.3.7,71, (for explanation, see the words s. v.).
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -यमकम् 'a great Yamaka', i. e. a stanza all the four lines of which have exactly the same words, though different in sense; e. g. see Ki.15.52, where विकाशमीयुर्जगतीशमार्गणाः has four different senses; cf. also बभौ मरुत्वान् विकृतः समुद्रः Bk.1.19.
    -यशस् a. very famous, renowned, celebrated.
    -यात्रा 'the great pilgrimage', the pilgrimage to Benares.
    -यानम् N. of the later system of Buddhist teaching, firstly promul- gated by Nāgārjuna (opp. हीनयान).
    -याम्यः an epi- thet of Viṣṇu.
    -युगम् 'a great Yuga', consisting of the four Yugas of mortals, or comprising 4,32, years of men.
    -योगिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a cock.
    -योनिः f. excessive dilation of the female organ.
    -रक्तम् coral.
    -रङ्गः a large stage.
    -रजतम् 1 gold; उच्चैर्महारजतराजिविराजितासौ Śi.4.28.
    -2 the thorn-apple.
    -रजनम् 1 safflower.
    -2 gold.
    -3 turmeric; तस्य हैतस्य पुरुषस्य रूपं यथा महारजनं वासः Bṛi. Up.2.3.6.
    -रत्नम् 1 a precious jewel; वज्रं मुक्ता प्रवालं च गोमेदश्चेन्द्रनीलकः ॥ वैडूर्यः पुष्करागश्च पाचिर्माणिक्यमेव च । महारत्नानि चैतानि नव प्रोक्तानि सूरिभिः ॥ Śukra.4.155-56.
    -रथः 1 a great chariot.
    -2 a great warrior or hero; द्रुपदश्च महारथः Bg.1.4; कुतः प्रभावो धनंजयस्य महारथजयद्रथस्य विपत्तिमुत्पादयितुम् Ve.2; दशरथः प्रशशास महारथः R.9.1; Śi.3.22; (a महारथ is thus defined:-- एको दशसहस्राणि योधयेद्यस्तु धन्विनाम् ॥ शस्त्रशास्त्र- प्रवीणश्च विज्ञेयः स महारथः ॥).
    -3 desire, longing; cf. मनोरथ.
    -रवः a frog.
    -रस a. very savoury.
    (-सः) 1 a sugar- cane.
    -2 quicksilver.
    -3 a precious mineral.
    -4 the fruit of the date tree.
    -5 any one of the eight substan- ces given below:-- दरदः पारदं शस्ये वैक्रान्तं कान्तमभ्रकम् । माक्षिकं विमलश्चेति स्युरेते$ष्टौ महारसाः ॥ (
    -सम्) sour ricewater.
    -राजः 1 a great king, sovereign or supreme ruler; पञ्चाशल्लक्षपर्यन्तो महाराजः प्रकीर्तितः Śukra.1.184.
    -2 a respect- ful mode of addressing kings or other great personages (my lord, your majesty, your highness); इति सत्यं महाराज बद्धो$स्म्यर्थेन कौरवैः Mb.
    -3 a deified Jaina teacher.
    -4 a fingernail. ˚अधिराजः a universal emperor, para- mount sovereign. ˚चूतः a kind of mango tree.
    -राजिकः N. of Viṣṇu.
    -राजिकाः (m. pl.) an epithet of a class of gods (said to be 22 or 236 in number.).
    -राज्यम् the rank or title of a reigning sovereign.
    -राज्ञी 1 the reigning or chief queen, principal wife of a king.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -रात्रम् midnight, dead of night.
    -रात्रिः, -त्री f.
    1 see महाप्रलय; ब्रह्मणश्च निपाते च महाकल्पो भवेन्नृप । प्रकीर्तिता महारात्रिः.
    -2 midnight.
    -3 the eighth night in the bright half of Āśvina.
    -राष्ट्रः 'the great kingdom', N. of a country in the west of India, the country of the Marāṭhās.
    -2 the people of Mahārāṣṭra; the Marāṭhās (pl.). (
    -ष्ट्री) N. of the principal Prākṛita; dialect, the language of the people of the Mahārāṣṭra; cf. Daṇḍin:-- महाराष्ट्राश्रयां भाषां प्रकृष्टं प्राकृतं विदुः Kāv.1.34.
    -रिष्टः a kind of Nimba tree growing on mountains.
    -रुज्, -ज a. very painful.
    -रुद्रः a form of Śiva.
    -रुरुः a species of antelope.
    -रूप a. mighty in form.
    (-पः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 resin.
    -रूपकम् a kind of drama.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -रोगः a dangerous illness, grievous malady; (these are eight:-- उन्मादो राजयक्ष्मा च श्वासस्त्वग्दोष एव च । मधुमेहश्चाश्मरी च तथो- दरभगन्दरौ ॥).
    -रौद्र a. very dreadful. (
    -द्री) an epithet of Durgā.
    -रौरवः N. of one of the 21 hells; Ms.4.88-9.
    -लक्ष्मी 1 the great Lakṣmī, or Śakti of Nārāyaṇa; सेवे सैरिभमर्दिनीमिह महालक्ष्मीं सरोजस्थिताम्.
    -2 a young girl who represents the goddess Durgā at the Durgā festival.
    -लयः 1 a great world destruction.
    -2 the Supreme Being (महदादीनां लयो यस्मिन्).
    -लिङ्गम् the great Liṅga or Phallus. (
    -ङ्गः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -लोलः a crow.
    -लोहम् a magnet.
    -वंशः N. of a wellknown work in Pali (of the 5th century).
    -वक्षस् m. epithet of Śiva.
    -वनम् a large forest in Vṛindāvana.
    -वरा Dūrvā grass.
    -वराहः 'the great boar', an epithet of Viṣṇu in his third or boar incarnation.
    -वर्तनम् high wages;
    -वल्ली 1 the Mādhavī creeper.
    -2 a large creeping plant.
    -वसः the porpoise.
    -वसुः silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -वाक्यम् 1 a long sentence.
    -2 any continuous composition or literary work.
    -3 a great proposition, principal sentence; such as तत्त्वमसि, ब्रह्मैवेदं सर्वम् &c.
    -4 a complete sentence (opp. अवान्तरवाक्य q. v.); न च महावाक्ये सति अवान्तरवाक्यं प्रमाणं भवति ŚB. on MS.6.4.25.
    -वातः a stormy wind, violent wind; महावाता<?>तैर्महिषकुलनीलैर्जलधरैः Mk.5.22.
    -वादिन् m. a great or powerful disputant.
    -वायुः 1 air (as an element).
    -2 stormy wind, hur- ricane, tempest.
    -वार्तिकम् N. of the Vārtikas of Kātyāyana on Pāṇini's Sūtras.
    -विडम् a kind of factitious salt.
    -विदेहा N. of a certain वृत्ति or condition of the mind in the Yoga system of philosophy.
    -विद्या the great lores; काली तारा महाविद्या षोडशी भुवनेश्वरी । भैरवी छिन्नमस्ता च विद्या धूमवती तथा । बगला सिद्धविद्या च मातङ्गी कमला- त्मिका । एता दश महाविद्याः... ॥
    -विपुला a kind of metre.
    -विभाषा a rule giving a general option or alternative; इति महाविभाषया साधुः.
    -विभूतिः an epithet of Śiva.
    -विषः a serpent having two mouths.
    -विषुवम् the vernal equinox. ˚संक्रान्तिः f. the vernal equinox (the sun's entering the sign Aries).
    -विस्तर a. very extensive or copious.
    -वीचिः N. of a hell.
    -वीरः 1 a great hero or warrior.
    -2 a lion.
    -3 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -4 an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -5 of Garuḍa.
    -6 of Hanumat.
    -7 a cuckoo.
    -8 a white horse.
    -9 a sacrificial fire.
    -1 a sacrificial vessel.
    -11 a kind of hawk. ˚चरितम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti.
    -वीर्य a. of great valour, very powerful.
    (-र्यः) 1 N. of Brah- man.
    -2 the Supreme Being. (
    -र्या) the wild cotton shrub.
    -2 an epithet of संज्ञा, the wife of the sun.
    -वृषः a great bull.
    -वेग a.
    1 very swift or fleet.
    (-गः) 1 great speed, excessive velocity.
    -2 an ape.
    -3 the bird Garuḍa.
    -वेघः a particular position of hands or feet (in the practice of Yoga).
    -वेल a. billowy.
    -व्याधिः f.
    1 a great disease.
    -2 a very bad kind of leprosy (black leprosy).
    -व्याहृतिः f. a great mystical word, i. e. भूर्, भुवस् and स्वर्.
    -व्रत a. very devotional, rigidly observing vows.
    (-तम्) 1 a great vow, a great reli- gious observance; a vow for not taking even water for a month; महाव्रतं चरेद्यस्तु Mb.12.35.22 (com. महाव्रतं मासमात्रं जलस्यापि त्यागः).
    -2 any great or funda- mental duty; प्राणैरपि हिता वृत्तिरद्रोहो व्याजवर्जनम् । आत्मनीव प्रियाधानमेतन्मैत्रीमहाव्रतम् Mv.5.59; क्रतौ महाव्रते पश्यन् ब्रह्मचारी- त्वरीरतम् N.17.23.
    -व्रतिन् m.
    1 a devotee, an ascetic.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -शक्तिः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Kārtikeya.
    -शङ्कुः the sine of the sun's eleva- tion.
    -शङ्खः 1 a great conch-shell; पौण्ड्रं दध्मौ महाशङ्खं Bg.1.15; महाशङ्खमयी माला ताराविद्याजपे प्रिया Tantra.
    -2 the temporal bone, forehead.
    -3 a human bone.
    -4 a particular high number.
    -5 one of Kubera's treasures.
    -शठः a kind of thorn-apple.
    -शब्द a. making a loud sound, very noisy, boisterous.
    -शल्कः a kind of sea- crab or prawn; Ms.3.272.
    -शालः a great householder.
    -शालिः a kind of large and sweetsmelling rice.
    -शाल्वणम् ('great fomentation') N. of a remedy; Suśr.
    -शासन a.
    1 exercising great power.
    -2 whose commands are great; त्रैलोक्यघिपतित्वमेव विरसं यस्मिन् महा- शासने Bh.3.8.
    (-नम्) 1 the knowledge of Brahma as expounded in the Upaniṣadas.
    -2 great order of government.
    -शिरस् m. a kind of serpent.
    -शिवरात्रिः N. of a festival on the 14th day of the dark half of Māgha,
    -शुक्तिः f. a pearl-shell.
    -शुक्ला an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -शुभ्रम् silver.
    -शूद्रः (-द्री f.)
    1 a Sūdra in a high position.
    -2 a cowherd.
    -3 an upper servant. (
    -द्री) a female cow-keeper. (
    -द्रा) a Śudra woman in a high position.
    -शून्यम् a particular mental condi- tion of a Yogin.
    -शृङ्गः 1 a species of stag.
    -2 the शरभ animal.
    -श्मशानम् an epithet of Benares.
    -श्यामा the Sissoo tree. (Mar. शिसवी).
    -श्रमणः 1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 a Jain monk.
    -श्लक्ष्णा sand.
    -श्वासः a kind of asthma.
    -श्वेता 1 an epithet of Sarasvatī.
    -2 of Durgā.
    -3 white sugar.
    -संहिता great combi- nation.
    -संक्रान्तिः f. the winter solstice.
    -सती a very chaste woman.
    -सत्ता absolute existence.
    -सत्यः an epithet of Yama.
    -सत्त्व a.
    1 noble.
    -2 very strong or powerful.
    -3 just, righteous.
    (-त्त्वः) 1 a large animal.
    -2 N. of Sākyamuni.
    -3 an epithet of Kubera.
    -संधिविग्रहः the office of the minister of peace and war.
    -सन्नः an epithet of Kubera.
    -सन्निः m. (in music) a kind of measure.
    -समुद्रः the great ocean.
    -सर्गः a great or completely new creation (after a complete destruction of the world).
    -सर्जः the bread- fruit or jack-tree.
    -साधनभागः a great executive officer.
    -सांतपनः a kind of very rigid penance; see Ms.11. 218.
    -सांधिविग्रहिकः a minister of peace and war.
    -सामन्तः a great vassal.
    -सामान्यम् the widest genera- lity.
    -सारः a kind of Khadira tree.
    -सारथिः an epithet of Aruṇa.
    -साहसम् great violence or outrage, great audacity.
    -साहसिकः a dacoit, highwayman, a daring robber.
    -सिंहः the fabulous animal called Śarabha.
    -सिद्धिः f. a kind of magical power.
    -सुखम् 1 great pleasure.
    -2 copulation. (
    -खः) a Buddha.
    -सुगन्धम् a fragrant unguent.
    -सुगन्धिः a kind of antidote.
    -सुधा silver; Gīrvāṇa.
    -सुभिक्षम् good times.
    -सूक्तः the composer of the great Sūktas or hymns of the 1th Maṇḍala of the Ṛigveda.
    -सूक्ष्मा sand.
    -सूतः a mili- tary drum.
    -सेनः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya; महासेन- प्रसूतिं तद्ययौ शरवणं महत् Rām.7.16.1.
    -2 the commander of a large army. (
    -ना) a great army.
    -स्कन्धः a camel.
    -स्थली the earth.
    -स्थानम् a great position.
    -स्नेहः a combination of the 4 kinds of fat.
    -स्मृतिः the Ṣaḍaṅgas and Smṛitis; महास्मृतिं पठेद्यस्तु तथैवानुस्मृतिं शुभाम् Mb.12.2.3.
    -स्रोतस् n. the bowels.
    -स्रग्विन् m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वनः a kind of drum.
    -हंसः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -हविस् n. clarified butter.
    -हस्तः an epithet of Śiva.
    -हासः a loud or boisterous laughter, cachinnation.
    -हिमवत् m. N. of a mountain.
    -ह्रस्वा N. of a plant (Mar. कुहिली).

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > महा _mahā

  • 16 spirit

    'spirit
    1) (a principle or emotion which makes someone act: The spirit of kindness seems to be lacking in the world nowadays.) espíritu
    2) (a person's mind, will, personality etc thought of as distinct from the body, or as remaining alive eg as a ghost when the body dies: Our great leader may be dead, but his spirit still lives on; (also adjective) the spirit world; Evil spirits have taken possession of him.) espíritu
    3) (liveliness; courage: He acted with spirit.) valor
    •
    - spiritedly
    - spirits
    - spiritual
    - spiritually
    - spirit level
    1. espíritu / alma
    2. licor
    tr['spɪrɪt]
    1 SMALLCHEMISTRY/SMALL alcohol nombre masculino
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    spirit lamp lámpara de alcohol
    ————————
    tr['spɪrɪt]
    1 (soul) espíritu nombre masculino, alma; (ghost) fantasma nombre masculino
    3 (force, vigour) vigor nombre masculino, energía; (personality) carácter nombre masculino; (courage) valor nombre masculino; (vitality, liveliness) ánimo, vitalidad nombre femenino
    ■ try as they might, they couldn't break his spirit por mucho que lo intentaran, no pudieron quebrantarle el espíritu
    4 (mood, attitude) espíritu nombre masculino, humor nombre masculino
    5 (central quality, real or intended meaning) espíritu nombre masculino, sentido
    1 (mood, feelings) moral f sing, humor m sing
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    in spirit en espíritu
    that's the spirit! ¡eso es!, ¡así me gusta!
    the spirit is willing but the flesh is weak las intenciones son buenas, pero la carne es débil
    to enter into the spirit of things meterse en el ambiente
    to raise somebody's spirits subirle la moral a alguien
    the Holy Spirit el Espíritu Santo
    spirit ['spɪrət] vt
    to spirit away : hacer desaparecer
    1) : espíritu m
    body and spirit: cuerpo y espíritu
    2) ghost: espíritu m, fantasma m
    3) mood: espíritu m, humor m
    in the spirit of friendship: en el espíritu de amistad
    to be in good spirits: estar de buen humor
    4) enthusiasm, vivacity: espíritu m, ánimo m, brío m
    5) spirits npl
    : licores mpl
    n.
    • acero s.m.
    • alcohol s.m.
    • aliento s.m.
    • alma s.f.
    • bebida alcohólica s.f.
    • brío s.m.
    • coraje s.m.
    • esfuerzo s.m.
    • espectro s.m.
    • espíritu s.m.
    • fogosidad s.f.
    • genio s.m.
    • humor s.m.
    • licor s.m.
    • sangre s.m.
    • temple s.m.
    • ánimo s.m.

    I 'spɪrət, 'spɪrɪt
    1)
    a) u (life force, soul) espíritu m

    the spirit is willing but the flesh is weak — a pesar de las buenas intenciones, la carne es débil

    b) c ( Occult) espíritu m
    2) c ( person) persona f
    3) u (vigor, courage) espíritu m, temple m

    this horse/child has plenty of spirit — este caballo/esta niña tiene mucho brío

    4) (mental attitude, mood) (no pl) espíritu m

    the party/Christmas spirit — el espíritu festivo/navideño

    that's the spirit! — así se hace!, así me gusta!

    to be in good spirits — estar* animado, tener* la moral alta

    to be in high spirits — estar* muy animado or de muy buen humor

    his spirits fell — se desanimó or se desmoralizó

    6) spirits plural ( alcohol) bebidas fpl alcohólicas ( de alta graduación), licores mpl

    II

    to spirit something away — hacer* desaparecer algo como por arte de magia

    the prisoner was spirited away during the night — el prisionero desapareció or se esfumó durante la noche como por arte de magia

    ['spɪrɪt]
    1. N
    1) (=soul, inner force) espíritu m

    • I'll be with you in spirit — estaré contigo en espíritu

    2) (=ghost, supernatural being) espíritu m

    evil spirit — espíritu m maligno

    3) (=courage) espíritu m ; (=liveliness) ímpetu m, energía f

    • to break sb's spirit — quebrantar el espíritu a algn

    • they lack spirit — les falta espíritu

    • a woman of spirit — una mujer con espíritu or brío

    • show some spirit! — ¡anímate!

    • to do sth with spirit — hacer algo con energía

    4) (=attitude, mood) espíritu m

    • community spirit — civismo m

    • they wish to solve their problems in a spirit of cooperation — quieren resolver sus problemas con espíritu de cooperación

    • he refused to enter into the spirit of things — se negó a entrar en ambiente

    • festive spirit — espíritu m festivo

    • in a spirit of friendship — con espíritu de amistad

    • generosity of spirit — bondad f de espíritu

    • a spirit of optimism — un espíritu optimista

    • public spirit — civismo m

    • to take sth in the right/ wrong spirit — interpretar bien/mal algo

    • that's the spirit! — ¡así me gusta!, ¡ánimo!

    fighting 4., team 4.
    5) (=essence) [of agreement, law] espíritu m

    • the spirit of the age/the times — el espíritu de la época/de los tiempos

    • the spirit of the law — el espíritu de la ley

    6) (=person) alma f

    the leading or moving spirit in the party — el alma del partido, la figura más destacada del partido

    • she was a free spirit — era una persona sin convencionalismos

    kindred
    7) spirits
    a) (=state of mind)

    • to be in good spirits — tener la moral alta

    • to be in high spirits — estar animadísimo, estar muy alegre

    it was just a case of youthful high spirits — no fue más que una demostración típica del comportamiento impetuoso de la juventud

    • I tried to keep his spirits up — intenté animarlo or darle ánimos

    • to lift or raise sb's spirits — levantar el ánimo or la moral a algn

    • to be in low spirits — tener la moral baja, estar bajo de moral

    • my spirits rose somewhat — se me levantó un poco el ánimo or la moral

    b) (=alcohol) licores mpl

    spirits of wine — espíritu m de vino

    8) (Chem) alcohol m
    2.
    VT (=take)

    to spirit sth away — llevarse algo como por arte de magia, hacer desaparecer algo

    3.
    CPD

    spirit duplicator N — copiadora f al alcohol

    spirit gum N — cola f de maquillaje

    spirit lamp N — lamparilla f de alcohol

    spirit level N — nivel m de burbuja

    spirit stove N — infernillo m de alcohol

    * * *

    I ['spɪrət, 'spɪrɪt]
    1)
    a) u (life force, soul) espíritu m

    the spirit is willing but the flesh is weak — a pesar de las buenas intenciones, la carne es débil

    b) c ( Occult) espíritu m
    2) c ( person) persona f
    3) u (vigor, courage) espíritu m, temple m

    this horse/child has plenty of spirit — este caballo/esta niña tiene mucho brío

    4) (mental attitude, mood) (no pl) espíritu m

    the party/Christmas spirit — el espíritu festivo/navideño

    that's the spirit! — así se hace!, así me gusta!

    to be in good spirits — estar* animado, tener* la moral alta

    to be in high spirits — estar* muy animado or de muy buen humor

    his spirits fell — se desanimó or se desmoralizó

    6) spirits plural ( alcohol) bebidas fpl alcohólicas ( de alta graduación), licores mpl

    II

    to spirit something away — hacer* desaparecer algo como por arte de magia

    the prisoner was spirited away during the night — el prisionero desapareció or se esfumó durante la noche como por arte de magia

    English-spanish dictionary > spirit

  • 17 make

    1. I
    the ebb was making начинался отлив; the tide making we weighed anchor во время прилива мы бросили якорь
    2. II
    1) make in some manner this toy makes easily эту игрушку легко сделать: hay ought to make well [in this drying breeze] [на таком сухом ветерке] сено должно хорошо просушиться /сохнуть/
    2) make somewhere make upstream (downstream) идти /плыть/ вверх (вниз) по течению
    3) make in some manner the tide is making fast вода быстро прибывает; winter is making earnestly наступает настоящая зима
    4) make in some manner make well (poorly, etc.) хорошо и т. д. зарабатывать; he always makes pretty handsomely он всегда недурно зарабатывает
    3. III
    1) make smth. make machines (tools, paper, chairs, hats, etc.) делать /производить/ машины и т. д., make bricks делать /обжигать/ кирпичи; make a boat (a bridge, a house, a road, etc.) (подстроить лодку и т. д.: make a dress (a coat, a blouse, etc.) делать /шить/ платье и т. д.; make a film снимать фильм: make lunch (jelly, a good supper, etc.) делать /готовить/ завтрак и т. д., make coffee варить кофе; make tea заварить чай; make bread (ис-)печь хлеб; make a garden (a park, flower-beds, etc.) разбивать сад и т. д.; make hay косить траву: make a path делать /прокладывать/ дорожку: where will they make a camp? где они раскинут /разобьют/ лагерь?; make beds стелить /заправлять/ постели; make a fire разжигать камин или раскладывать костер; make nests вить гнезда; beavers make their holes бобры роют норы
    2) make smth. make one's reputation (one's name) создать себе репутацию (имя); make smb.'s character формировать чей-л. характер; make one's own life строить свой собственную жизнь, самостоятельно строить свой жизнь; make haste торопиться; make progress делать успехи; make preparations делать приготовления; make plans разрабатывать / вынашивать/ планы; he is making plans to go away он собирается /намеревается/ уехать; who made this ridiculous rule? кто придумал это глупое правило?; make war вести войну, воевать; are they willing to make peace? a) они согласны заключить мир?; б) они готовы примириться? || make a stand занимать принципиальную позицию: make love а) ухаживать; говорить ласковые слова; б) ласкать, заниматься любовью
    3) make smb., smth. one big deal made the young man молодой человек добился успеха благодаря лишь всего одной крупной сделке; hard work made him он добился успеха упорным трудом; wars made and unmade this country эта страна возвеличилась благодаря войнам, и они же привели ее к гибели; industry has made Manchester Манчестер превратился в важный центр благодаря развитию промышленности
    4) make smth. make trouble (a fuss, a mess, etc.) создавать неприятности и т. д.; he made a terrible to-do он устроил ужасный скандал; don't make noise не делай шума, не шуми; make a change (a disturbance, a panic, etc.) вызывать изменение и т. д., make mischief а) наносить вред; б) шалить, безобразничать; this makes a great difference это совсем другое дело; it makes no difference это ничего не меняет. это все равно; make a great hit coll. иметь огромный успех
    5) make smth. make eighty miles (five kilometres, etc.) сделать / пройти/ восемьдесят миль и т. д.; make twenty knots идти со скоростью двадцать узлов; make good time а) идти /двигаться/ с хорошей скоростью; б) sport. показать хорошее время
    6) make smth. соll. make port (harbour, home, land, one's destination, etc.) добираться до /достигать/ порта и т. д., he's tired out, he'll never make the summit он уже выдохся, ему ни за что не добраться до вершины; make the tram (the bus, the next flight, etc.) успевать на /поймать/ трамвай и т. д.; I had hoped to get to the meeting but I found at the last minute that I couldn't make it я надеялся попасть на собрание, но в последнюю минуту понял, что не успею
    7) make smth. make good grades получать хорошие отметки, хорошо учиться; make the highest score получить больше всего очков; who made the score? кто выиграл /победил/?; I doubt whether he will make much сомневаюсь, чтобы он мог многого добиться, вряд ли он мог многого добиться, вряд ли он многого добьется; those plants will not make much, the soil is too poor эти растения не пойдут /не будут хорошо расти/, здесь плохая почва; do you think a table this wide can make the doorway? вы думаете такой ширины стол пройдет в дверь?; make the team (the best-seller list, the first ten, etc.) попасть в команду и т. д.; this news made the front page это известие поместили на первой полосе [газеты] || make it добиться успеха; make one's point доказать свою течку зрения; has he made his point? понятно, что он хотел сказать?
    8) make smth. make a good salary (three pounds a week, a profit, etc.) получать хорошее жалованье и т. д.; make a living зарабатывать на жизнь; make money а) зарабатывать деньги; б) разбогатеть; make a fortune приобрести состояние; make a loss потерпеть /понести/ убыток; make smb. make friends приобрести /завеете/ друзей; make enemies нажить врагов
    9) make smth. one hundred pence make a pound сто пенсов составляют фунт; twelve inches make one foot в одном футе двенадцать дюймов; that makes 40 cents you owe me итак, ты мне должен сорок центов; this made his tenth novel это был уже его десятый роман; how many people make a quorum? сколько человек требуется /необходимо/ для кворума?; how many players make а, football team? сколько человек в футбольной команде?; will you make one of the party? не составите ли вы нам компанию?, не присоединитесь ли вы к нам?; "mouse" makes "mice" in the plural множественное число от "mouse" - "mice"
    10) make smth. make a will (a deal of transfer, a promissory note, a bill of exchange, etc.) составлять завещание и т. д.; make a list составлять список; make a report написать отчет, подготовить доклад; make a contract (a bargain, an agreement, etc.) заключать /подписывать/ контракт и т. д.
    11) semiaux make smth. make a stop остановиться, сделать остановку; make a landing сделать посадку; make a pause сделать паузу; make a move а) стронуться с места, двинуться; it's ten o'clock, it's time we made a move уже десять часов, нам пора двигаться / отправляться/; don't make a move! ни с места!, не двигаться!; б) сделать ход; make a start начать; make a good start положить хорошее начало; make an early start рано отправиться в путь; make a jump прыгнуть; make a sign сделать /подать/ знак; make a bow поклониться; make a curtsey сделать книксен; make a call а) нанести короткий визит; I have to make a few calls мне надо забежать в несколько мест: б) позвонить по телефону; let me make a call first разрешите мне сначала позвонить по телефону; make a trip совершать /предпринимать/ поездку; make a speech произнести речь, выступить с речью; make an offer /а proposition/ внести предложение, предложить; make a proposal сделать предложение, предложить выйти замуж; make an answer /а reply/ дать ответ, ответить; make a denial отклонять; опровергать, помещать опровержение; make a joke отпустить шутку; make a complaint (по)жаловаться; make a vow дать клятву, поклясться; make a choice выбирать, делать выбор; make a mistake сделать /допустить/ ошибку, ошибиться; make inquiries наводить справки; make a sacrifice приносить жертву, жертвовать; make room /place/ подвинуться, освободить место; make way освободить дорогу /путь/, отойти в сторону; make a face скорчить рожу, гримасничать
    12) aux make smb. make a lawyer (a good teacher, a bad farmer, a waiter, an excellent husband, etc.) быть хорошим юристом и т. д., he makes a good carpenter он хороший плотник: he made a very poor musician из него получился очень плохой музыкант; one good verse doesn't make a poet одно хорошее стихотворение еще не дает права называться поэтом; he and his cousin would make a handsome couple он и его кузина составляют прекрасную пару; make smth. cold tea makes an excellent drink холодный чай make прекрасный напиток; dry wood makes a good fire сухое дерево хорошо горит; that makes a good answer! вот хороший ответ!; this makes no sense в этом нет никакого смысла; это бессмысленно; these plays (their letters to each other, etc.) make pleasant reading эти пьесы и т. д. приятно читать; his adventures make all exciting story рассказ о его приключениях слушаешь с волнением
    4. IV
    1) make smth. in some manner make smth. quickly (eventually, inevitably, unhesitatingly, etc.) делать что-л. быстро и т. д.; make smth. lawfully (scientifically. delicately, persistently, etc.) делать /осуществлять/ что-л. на законных основаниях и т. д.
    2) make some distance in some time make 200 miles an hour (ten miles a day, etc.) делать двести миль в час и т. д.; we made only three miles that day в тот день мы прошли /проделали/ только три мили; some airplanes can make over 500 miles an hour скорость некоторых самолетов превышает пятьсот миль в час
    3) make smth. at some time he will never make much он никогда не добьется успеха
    4) make sonic money in some time make L 2000 a year зарабатывать /получать/ две тысячи фунтов в год; how much money do you make a week (a month, a year, etc.)? сколько [денег] вы получаете /зарабатываете/ в неделю и т. д.?
    5. V
    1) make smb. smth. make him a new toy (her a dress, the children a swing in the garden, etc.) сделать ему /для него/ новую игрушку и т. д., make her a cup of tea приготовь /подай/ ей чашку чаю
    2) make smth. smth. make it a rule взять [что-л.] за правило; he made it a rule to get up early он взял себе за правило рано вставать; make it one's business считать это своим делом; don't make cheating a practice не привыкай обманывать; he made a certificate his object он поставил себе целью получить диплом
    3) make smb. smb. make smb. one's heir (him king, a page knight, him a teacher, etc.) сделать кого-л. своим наследником и т. д., make a priest a bishop возвести священника в сан епископа; make smb. a judge (one's spokesman, one's special envoy, etc.) назначать кого-л. судьей и т. д., they made him chairman его выбрали председателем; make a colonel general присвоить /дать/ полковнику звание генерала; произвести полковника в генералы; make smb. a duke (a peer, etc.) дать /пожаловать/ кому-л. титул герцога и т. д., he intended to make his son a barrister (a soldier, a carpenter, etc.) он хотел, чтобы его сын стал адвокатом и т. д.; he made her his wife он сделал ее своей женой, он женился на ней; make smb. prisoner взять кого-л. в плен; make oneself a martyr сделать из себя мученика, пойти на муки; make this character an important person (Hamlet a figure of tragic indecision, Shylock a tragic figure, her a figure of fun, etc.) делать из этого персонажа значительную личность и т. д.
    4) make smth. smth. add one more egg and make it a round dozen прибавь еще одно яйцо, и будет /получится/ дюжина
    5) make it smth. shall we make it Tuesday? договоримся на вторник?; can you come at six? - make it half past вы можете прийти в шесть? - Лучше условимся на половину седьмого; I shall make it tomorrow я договорись на завтра
    6) make smth. smth. make the distance about 70 miles полагать /считать/, что расстояние равно примерно семидесяти милям; I make the total about L 50 по-моему, общая сумма составит фунтов пятьдесят; how large do you make the crowd? как вы думаете, сколько в этой толпе человек?; what do you make the time? сколько, по-вашему, сейчас времени?; what time do you make it? - I make it half past four сколько сейчас времени, по-вашему? - Мне кажется, что сейчас примерно половина пятого
    7) semiaux make smb. smth. make smb. an offer (one or two attractive proposals, a bid for the antique table, etc.) сделать кому-л. какое-л. предложение и т. д.; I made her a present of the vase я подарил ей эту вазу; he made me a sign он сделал /подал/ мне знак; she made him a face она скорчила ему рожу
    8) 0 make smb. smb. she will make him a good wife (a good mother, a loyal friend, etc.) она будет ему хорошей женой и т. д.; make smb. smth. this cloth will make me a good suit из этого отреза мне выйдет хороший костюм
    6. VI
    1) make smb., smth. be of some nudity his upbringing made him selfish воспитание сделало его эгоистом; her eyes made her beautiful глаза делали ее прекрасной; he was trying to make himself agreeable он старался быть приятным; we shall try to make your stay here agreeable мы постараемся [сделать так], чтобы ваш визит сюда доставил вам удовольствие; make oneself responsible взять на себя ответственность; make children immune against this disease создать /выработать/ у детей иммунитет против /к/ этой болезни; this portrait makes him too old на портрете он выглядит гораздо старше [, чем он есть на самом деле]; this opera made him immortal эта опера принесла ему бессмертие; make his novels (the song, this new theory, the actress, etc.) popular (famous) сделать его романы и т. д. популярными, создать /принести/ популярность (славу) его романам и т. д.; don't stand about doing nothing - make yourself useful не стойте без дела, помогите [нам]; you've made my nose too big вы нарисовали мне слишком большей нос; make smb., smth. be in some state make smb. happy (rich, poor, etc.) сделать кого-л. счастливым и т. д., make the prisoners free освободить заключенных; make oneself comfortable удобно устроиться; they are coming, make yourselves ready они приближаются, будьте готовы; she is seeing it for the first time, we must make her ready такое она увидит впервые, надо ее подготовить; make smb. angry рассердить кого-л.; her answers made him furious ее ответы взбесили его: make smb. sick a) вызывать у кого-л. тошноту; what made you sick? отчего вам стало плохо?; б) coll. раздражать кого-л.: your questions make me sick мне надоели ваши вопросы, меня тошнит от ваших вопросов; hot weather makes some people sleepy в жару некоторых людей клонит ко сну; it will make you ridiculous in their eyes это выставит вас в смешном свете в их глазах; make it flat сплющить что-л. || make it worth smb.'s while компенсировать кому-л. что-л.; if you help me with this job I'll make it worth your while если вы поможете мне в этом [деле], я в долгу не останусь / вы не будете внакладе/: make oneself (one's point) clear ясно излагать свои мысли (аргументы)
    2) make smb. be in some state what makes you so late? что вас так задержало?, отчего вы так опоздали?; it made her more careful после этого она стала осторожнее
    7. VII
    1) make smb., smth. do smth. make smb. stop (go, laugh, cry, sign a statement, repeat a story, fall asleep, etc.) заставить кого-л. остановиться и т. д.: they made me feel ashamed они меня смутили; make smb. understand а) заставить кого-л. понять; б) дать кому-л. понять; don't make me do it не вынуждай меня это делать / к этому/; I can make him believe anything I choose я могу убедить его в чем угодно; it makes me think you are right это убеждает меня в вашей правоте; I can't make anyone hear не могу достучаться или дозваться, дозвониться к кому-л.; make an engine start завести мотор; make the kettle boil вскипятить чайник; make water boil довести воду до кипения; I can't make the fire burn никак не могу разжечь костер или развести огонь; what makes the grass grow so quickly? отчего трава растет так быстро?; the wind made the bells ring колокольчики звенели на ветру: onions make our eyes smart от лука [у нас] щиплет глаза; his account made our hair stand on end от его рассказа у нас волосы встали дыбом || make smth. do обходиться чем-л.: there is not much money but I'll make it do денег немного, но я постараюсь, чтобы их хватило; I shall have to make this coat do for a bit longer придется еще немного походить в старом пальто id make both ends meet сводить концы с концами
    2) make smb. do smth. most of the chronicles make the king die in 1026 согласно большинству хроник король умер в тысяча двадцать шестом году; some scholars make Homer come from one city, others from another ученые спорят о месте рождения Гомера
    8. IX
    make smth., smb. done make the results (the news, his arrival, the invention, etc.) known обнародовать результаты и т. д., сообщить о результатах и т. д., make smth. felt сделать что-л. ощутимым; make oneself known а) назвать себя; б) заставить о себе говорить, заявить о себе, добиться известности; make him known to my father познакомить его с моим отцом, представить его моему отцу; make oneself understood ясно изъясняться; сан you make yourself understood in English? вас понимают, когда вы говорите по-английски?; he couldn't make himself /his voice/ heard above the noise of the traffic он не мог перекричать уличный шум, его не было слышно из-за уличного шума; we must make him respected необходимо вызвать к нему уважение /заставить людей уважать его/
    9. XI
    1) be made somewhere be made in England (in France, etc.) производиться /выпускаться/ в Англии и т. д. ; made in USSR сделано в СССР; be made in a factory производиться /делаться/ на фабрике; be made of (with, from, into) smth. be made of wood (of silk, of plastic, etc.) быть [сделанным] из дерева и т. д., this cloth is made of cotton эта ткань делается из хлопка; what is this made of? из чего это сделано?; а bow is made of stick and string лук делается из палки и бечевки; cheese is made from milk (cereal is made from grain, rubber is made from sap, etc.) сыр делают из молока и т. д., gas is made from coal газ производят из каменного угля; wool is made into cloth из шерсти делают /ткут/ ткань; grapes are made into raisins из винограда сушат изюм; the skin of the walrus is made into leather из шкуры моржа выделывают кожу; their food is always made with garlic в пищу они всегда добавляют чеснок; I like my coffee made with milk я люблю кофе [приготовленный] с молоком; be made for smb., smth. these houses are made for our workers эти дома построены для наших рабочих; this hat was made for you эту шляпку сделали [специально] для вас; this car is made for speed эти автомашины производятся специально для скоростной езды; be made with /by/ smth. this can be made with a knife это можно сделать ножом; this tool is made by a very intricate process изготовление этого инструмента сопряжено с большими сложностями; this thing is made by hand (by machinery) эту вещь делают вручную (на машине); be made by smb., smth. this was made by my friend это сделал (построил, создал и т. п.) мой друг; these experiments are made by robots эти опыты выполняют роботы; this grotto was not made by nature, it was made by man это не естественный грот, он создан человеком || be made to order (to measure) быть сделанным /сшитым/ на заказ; all his clothes are made to order он шьет все свои вещи [у портного], он делает все свои вещи на заказ id be made of different stuff быть совсем другим человеком, make быть сделанным из другого теста; let them all see what you are made of пусть все видят, что ты за человек /чего ты стоишь/; а first-class job was made of his house его дом прекрасно отремонтировали
    2) be made the decision is made решение вынесено; be made at some time unless a move is made very soon, it will be too late если в ближайшее время что-либо не сделают, будет слишком поздно; be made by smb. the first move was made by my brother первый шаг сделал мой брат; be made of smth. effective use was made of this money эти деньги были потрачены с пользой; be made for smth. these rules were made for a special purpose эти правила были составлены с особой целью; be made to do smth. the regulations were made to protect children эти правила созданы /выработаны/ для защиты детей || note should be made следует обратить внимание; а careful note should be made of what he says нужно внимательно отнестись /прислушаться/ к тому, что он говорит
    3) be made smb. he was made commander-in-chief (general manager, president of the club, a judge, etc.) его назначили главнокомандующим и т. д., he was made an officer его произвели в офицеры; he was made a knight он был посвящен в рыцари; he was made prisoner его взяли в плен; be made by smb., smth. the recommendation was made by the committee эта рекомендация была предложена комиссией; the writer was made by his first book с первой же книги его признали настоящим писателем; be made for smb. they are made for each other они созданы друг для друга
    4) be made to be of some state be made known придать гласность; the results are to be made known on application результаты сообщают, если подано соответствующее заявление; the full story was never made public все подробности этой истории так и не стали достоянием общественности; be made about smth., smb. much fuss has been made about it (about the affair, about her, etc.) вокруг этого и т. д. была поднята большая шумиха; be made to do smth. the pupil was made to write his biography (to speak up, to stay after lessons, etc.) ученика заставили написать свою биографию и т. д.; the crowd was made to disperse толпу разогнали; these two statements cannot be made to agree эти два заявления противоречат друг другу
    5) be made on (out of, by, etc.) smth. how much will be made on the business? какой доход будет получен от этого предприятия /даст это предприятие/?; а good deal of capital will be made out of this это принесет солидный капитал: I have по desire for money that has been made by dishonest means я не хочу брать деньги, заработанные нечестным путем
    6) be made of smth. nothing could be made of the scribble in his note books (of her note, of his mumbling, etc,) ничего нельзя было понять из каракулей в его тетради и т. д.
    7) be made with smb. a treaty has been made with other countries был заключен договор с другими странами
    10. XII
    have smth. made for smth. I must have a coat made for the winter мне нужно отдать сшить зимнее пальто
    11. XIII
    1) || make believe делать вид; he made believe to work hard (to throw a ball, not to know anything, etc.) он делал вид, что он усердно работает и т. д., make believe to be a scholar воображать себя ученым
    2) semiaux make to do smth. he made to go он хотел было уйти; he made to stop me он попытался было остановить меня; he made to snatch her bag он рванулся вперед, чтобы вы хватить у нее сумку
    3) · make do with (without, on) smth. I will have to make do with cold meat for dinner (with a very short holiday, with an old wireless set, etc.) мне придется довольствоваться холодным мясом вместо обеда и т. д.; I shall have to make do without a coat придется мне обойтись без пальто; I don't know how she makes do on so small an income не знаю, как она сводит концы с концами при таком небольшом заработке; I shall make do on biscuits and cheese сыра и галет мне будет достаточно
    12. XV
    1) || make good coll. добиться успеха; I never believed that he would make good я никогда не верил, что он чего-нибудь добьется; talent and education are necessary to make good in this field чтобы добиться успеха в этой области, необходимы талант и образование
    2) || make good smth. оправдывать что-л.; he made good his promise он выполнил /сдержал/ свое обещание; she made good her claims она доказала справедливость или законность своих притязаний: you will have to make good your boast тебе придется доказать, что это не пустое хвастовство; make good its title tic) be ranked as an independent science обосновать /доказать/ свое право считаться самостоятельной наукой; make good the damage (the shortage, the loss, etc.) возмещать убытки и т. д. ; any money that you cannot account for you will have to make good тебе придется возместить /вернуть/ все деньги, за которые ты не сумеешь отчитаться
    3) 0 || make sure /certain/ быть уверенным или удостовериться; have you made sure of the facts (of the timetable, of the results, etc.)? вы проверили факты и т. д.?, вы убеждены в правильности фактов и т. д.?; if you want to make sure of a seat you had better book in advance если вы хотите наверняка иметь билет, закажите его заранее / заблаговременно/; first they made sure of him сначала они [проверили его и] убедились в его надежности; I want to make sure of catching her (of getting there in time, of having a good seat, of his answering the letter, etc.) я хочу быть уверенным, что застану ее и т. д.,make sure that the letter was delivered (that the doors are locked, that there is no one here, etc.) убедиться, что письмо доставлено и т. д.; will you please make sure that they are all here? проверьте, пожалуйста, все ли она пришли; I made certain that he would do so я был уверен, что он так и поступит; make bold осмеливаться; make bold to ask a favour (to call on you, to express my opinion, etc.) осмелиться просить об одолжении и т. д.; I make bold to say that he knows nothing about it осмелюсь утверждать, что он ничего об этом не знает; make light of smth. не придавать чему-л. особого значения; she made light of her troubles (of this accident, of a situation, of other people's illness, etc.) она легко относится к своим неприятностям и т. д., она особенно не переживает из-за своих неприятностей и т. д.; make ready подготовиться; make merry веселиться; make merry over his victory радоваться /веселиться/ по случаю его победы; make free with smth. пользоваться чем-л., не стесняясь
    13. XVI
    1) make after smb. make after the fox (after the rabbit, after the escaped convict, etc.) броситься /пуститься/ преследовать лису и т. д., she made after him like a mad woman она как безумная бросилась за ним; in the morning we made after them утром мы пустились за ними вслед; make at smb. he gave a shout and made at me он издал крик и (на)бросился на меня; the dog made at the postman собака накинулась на почтальона; the angry woman made at me with her umbrella рассерженная женщина (накинулась на меня с зонтиком; make for /toward/ smb., smth. make for the crowd (for the sea, for the nearest town, toward a distant hill, for home, etc.) двигаться по направлению /направляться/ к толпе и т. д., he quickly made for /toward/ the door он бросился к двери; she made for the sound of guns она пошла туда, откуда раздавались выстрелы; the dog made for the robber собака бросилась за грабителем; make for the open sea направиться в открытое море
    2) make on smth. coll. make on this business (on shares, on oil, etc.) заработать на этом деле и т. д., he made pretty handsomely on that bargain он неплохо заработал /нажился/ на этой сделке
    3) 0 make for smth. make for better understanding between countries ( for the happiness of all, for a friendly atmosphere in the club, for peace, for stability of marriage, etc.) способствовать лучшему взаимопониманию между странами и т. д.; does early rising make for good health? полезно ли для здоровья рано вставать?; that weather makes for optimism в такую погоду и настроение хорошее; new facts made for the prisoner's acquittal новые факты ускорили вынесение /помогли вынесению/ оправдательного приговора заключенному; make against smth. experience makes against this assertion опыт опровергает это утверждение; your behaviour makes against your chance of success ваше поведение не способствует /мешает/ вашему успеху
    14. XXI1
    1) make smth. out of /from, of, with/ smth. make bottles out of glass (bricks of clay, flour from wheat, a box out of a bit of mahogany, etc.) делать бутылки из стекла и т. д., make wreaths of daisies плести венки из маргариток; make a megaphone of one's hands сложить руки рупором; the cake was spoilt as she made it with a bad egg торт был испорчен, так как она положила в тесто несвежее яйцо; what do you make with flour (with the eggs, with these things, etc.)? что вы делаете из муки и т. д.?; what will you make with all these flowers? что вы будете делать с таким количеством цветов?; what can you make out of this stuff? что ты можешь сделать / сшить/ из этого материала?; make smth. in smth. make a hole in the ground выкопать яму в земле; make a gap in the hedge проделать лаз /дыру/ в изгороди; it made a hole /а dent/ in my savings (in my reserves, in smb.'s finances, etc.) от этого пострадали мои сбережения и т. д., make smth. for smth. make an opening for the wires сделать входное отверстие для проводов; make a hole for a tree выкопать яму под дерево; he made a bookcase for his apartment он сам сделал в своей квартире книжный шкаф; make smth. into smth. make milk into cheese and butter (hide into leather, wood into pulp, etc.) перерабатывать молоко на масло и сыр и т. д.; make these huts into temporary houses (it into a stock company, the desert into a garden, etc.) превращать эти хижины во временное жилье и т. д., make these books into bundles связать книги в пачки; make a story into a play переделать повесть в пьесу
    2) make smth. of smb. make an example of smb. ставить кого-л. в пример; make fun of smb. подшучивать или издеваться над кем-л.; make a laughing-stock of smb. сделать кого-л. посмешищем, выставлять кого-л. в смешном виде; make a fool /an ass/ of him (of her husband, etc.) делать из него и т. д. дурака; make a fool (a beast, a pig, etc.) of oneself вести себя как дурак и т. д., make a nuisance of oneself надоедать /докучать, досаждать/ кому-л.; make an exhibition /а spectacle, a show/ of oneself привлекать к себе внимание; make smth. of smth. make a profession of smth. сделать что-л. своей профессией; make a business of politics заниматься политикой профессионально; make a parade / a show/ of one's talents щеголять /кичиться/ своими талантами; make a boast of smth. хвастаться / хвалиться/ чем-л.; make a secret of smth. делать из чего-л. тайну /секрет/; he was asked to help but he made a hash /a muddle, a mess/ of everything его просили помочь, а он все испортил; make hell of smb.'s life превратить чью-л. жизнь в ад; make a note of his telephone number записать номер его телефона; make notes of a lecture записать лекцию; you must make a mental note of what he is saying вы должны запомнить /взять на заметку/, что он говорят; don't make a habit of it смотри, чтобы это не превратилось в привычку; make the most of smth. максимально использовать что-л.; make the best of one's delay (of this scanty information, of his absence, etc.) наилучшим образом /наиболее эффективно/ использовать задержку и т. д.; make a good thing of it извлечь из этого пользу; make good use of this opportunity воспользоваться предоставившейся возможностью; make a good (a bad) job of smth. хорошо (плохо) справиться с чем-л.; make smth. for smb., smth. make a name for oneself стать известным; make a reputation for oneself создать себе репутацию; make allowance (s) for circumstances (for smb.'s inexperience, for her age, etc.) делать скидку на обстоятельства и т. д.; make arrangements for a meeting (for a party, for a dance, for their departure, etc.) подготовить собрание и т. д., make much for the peace of the world много сделать для сохранения мира; make smb., smth. with smb. make friends with smb. подружиться с кем-л., наладить с кем-л. дружеские отношения; а quarrel with smb. поссориться с кем-л.; make peace with smb. помириться с кем-л.; make smth. in (on, etc.) smth., smb. make a name in the world снискать мировую славу, приобрести известность во всем мире; make an impression on smb. производить на кого-л. впечатление; make war upon smb., smth. a) идти войной на кого-л., что-л.; б) вести войну с кем-л., чем-л. || make love to smb. а) ласкать кого-л., заниматься любовью с кем-л., б) ухаживать за кем-л.; говорить кому-л. ласковые слова
    3) make smb. of smb. his parents want to make a doctor (a lawyer, a soldier, an actor, etc.) of their son родители хотят, чтобы их сын стал врачом и т. д., make a man of him сделать из него человека; make a friend of her children подружиться с ее детьми; make a friend of an enemy превратить врага в друга; make smb. into smb. make them into slaves (him into a bully, her into a sophisticated hostess, etc.) превратить их в /сделать из них/ рабов и т. д.
    4) make smth. over smth. make a fuss (a row, a scandal, etc.) over smth. поднимать шум и т. д. по какому-л. поводу; make a to-do over a trifle поднимать шумиху из-за пустяка
    5) make smth. for smth. make a dash for the open window (a bolt for the door, a bee-line for the gates, etc.) броситься к открытому окну и т. д., make smth. to smth. make one's way to the station (to the river, to the house, back to the tower, etc.) пойти /направиться/ к станции и т. д., make smth. by smth. make the crossing by ferry переправиться на пароме; make smth. at smb. make a grab at him попытаться схватить его || it's time we were making tracks for home нам уже пора повернуть к дому
    6) make some distance in some time we made the whole distance in ten days мы прошли весь путь /покрыли все расстояние/ за десять дней; we've made 80 miles since noon с полудня мы проделали восемьдесят миль
    7) make smth. in some time the train will make Moscow in five hours поезд будет в Москве через пять часов
    8) make smth. at /in/ smth. make good grades at school получать [в школе] хорошие отметки, хорошо учиться; make the highest score in the match получать в этом матче больше всех очков /самый лучший результат/; make one's way in the world преуспеть, добиться успеха || coll. he'll make it through college ему удастся окончить колледж; he made six towns on this trip во время этой поездки он посетил шесть городов /побывал в шести городах/
    9) make smth. by (out of, from, in, etc.) smth. make a good deal by it хорошо на этом заработать; make much profit out of this undertaking извлекать большую выгоду из этого предприятия; he made a great fortune out of tea он составил большое состояние на торговле чаем; make a great deal of money in oil много заработать на нефти; make a living from literary work зарабатывать [на жизнь] литературным трудом; make a loss on the transaction потерпеть /понести/ убытки на этой сделке
    10) make smth. of smth., smb. read this letter and tell me what you make of it прочтите это письмо и скажите, как вы его расцениваете; what do you make of the new assistant? какое у тебя впечатление /что ты думаешь/ о новом помощнике?; make much of this article ( of her work, of this man, etc.) быть высокого мнения об этой статье и т. д., newspapers made much of his achievements газеты превозносили его успехи; she makes too much of the boy уж слишком она носится с этим мальчиком; make little of smth., smb. относиться пренебрежительно к чему-л., кому-л., не считаться с чем-л., кем-л.; he made little of his feat он принижал значение своего героического поступка
    11) make smth. of smth. I could make nothing of his words (of all this scribble, of her letter, etc.) я ничего не мог понять из его слов и т. д., его слова были мне совершенно непонятны и т. д., you will make more of it than I вы в этом лучше разберетесь [, чем я]; I can make no sense of what he says я не вижу никакого смысла в том, что он говорит; what are we to make of his behaviour? как нам следует /нам прикажете/ понимать его поведение?
    12) make smth. with smb. they made a bargain with him они заключили с ним сделку || make a settlement on smb. распорядиться имуществом в пользу кого-л.
    13) semiaux make smth. for smb. make room for smb. [подвинуться и] дать кому-л. место; can you make room for one more man? найдется место еще для одного человека?; make way for others посторониться, дать дорогу другим; make smth. at smb. he made a face at them он состроил им рожу; don't make eyes at him не строй ему глазки
    14) 0 make smth. in some time he will make a sergeant in six months через шесть месяцев он станет сержантом
    15. XXII
    1) make smth. of doing smth. make a practice of working in his garden in the morning (of helping others, of doing his exercises in front of an open window, etc.) взять за правило по утрам работать в его саду и т. д.; he makes a practice of cheating он всегда обманывает; make a point of being on time у него принцип make не опаздывать /быть пунктуальным/; she made it a point of being very patient with these children она особенно старалась быть терпеливой с этими детьми
    2) make smth. by doing smth. make one's living by giving piano lessons (by writing books for children, by selling flowers, etc.) зарабатывать на жизнь уроками игры на фортепиано и т. д.; she makes money by nursing она зарабатывает деньги, ухаживая за больными; she made her name by writing memoirs она прославилась своими мемуарами
    16. XXIV1
    || make it as smb. coll. добиться успеха, будучи кем-л.; I wanted to make it as a writer мне хотелось добиться успеха на писательском поприще
    17. XXVI
    make smth. [that]... this makes the fifth time you've failed this examination ты уже [в] пятый раз проваливаешься на этом экзамене

    English-Russian dictionary of verb phrases > make

  • 18 ποιέω

    ποιέω (Hom.+) impf. ἐποίουν; fut. ποιήσω; 1 aor. ἐποίησα; pf. πεποίηκα; plpf. πεποιήκειν Mk 15:7 (as IMagnMai 93b, 24; on the omission of the augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Mid.: impf. ἐποιούμην; 1 aor. ἐποιησάμην; pf. πεποίημαι 1 Cl 1:1. Pass. (has disappeared almost entirely; B-D-F §315): 1 fut. ποιηθήσομαι; 1 aor. 3 pl. ἐποιήθησαν (En 22:9); pf. 3 sg. πεποίηται (Ec 8:14; Tat. 11, 2), ptc. πεποιημένος (Ec 1:14 al.) Hb 12:27. A multivalent term, often without pointed semantic significance, used in ref. to a broad range of activity involving such matters as bringing someth. into being, bringing someth. to pass, or simply interacting in some way with a variety of entities.
    ① to produce someth. material, make, manufacture, produce τὶ someth. (Gen 6:14ff; 33:17 al.; JosAs 16:8; GrBar 3:5 ‘build’; ApcMos 20; Mel., P. 38, 261).
    ⓐ of human activity: σκεῦος 2 Cl 8:2. χιτῶνας, ἱμάτια Ac 9:39. εἰκόνα Rv 13:14b. θεούς make gods Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1). ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς 19:24. ἀνθρακιάν J 18:18. τέσσαρα μέρη 19:23 (s. μέρος 1a). πηλόν 9:11, 14. σκηνὰς pitch tents, build huts (1 Ch 15:1; 2 Esdr 18: 16f; Jdth 8:5; Jos., Ant. 3, 79; Just., D. 127, 3 σκηνήν) Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. ἁγίασμα GJs 6:1; καταπέτασμα τῷ ναῷ 10:1; τὴν πορφύραν καὶ τὸ κόκκινον 12:1.—Used w. prepositional expressions ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν (i.e. τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου) κατὰ τὸν τύπον to make it (the tent of testimony) according to the model (Ex 25:40) Ac 7:44; cp. Hb 8:5. ποιεῖν τι ἔκ τινος make someth. from or out of someth. (i.e. fr. a certain material; Hdt. 2, 96; cp. X., An. 4, 5, 14; Theophr., HP 4, 2, 5; Ex 20:24f; 28:15; 29:2) J 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21.
    ⓑ of divine activity, specifically of God’s creative activity create (Hes., Op. 109; Heraclitus, Fgm. 30 κόσμον οὔτε τις θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησεν, ἀλλʼ ἦν ἀεὶ καὶ ἔστιν καὶ ἔσται; Pla., Tim. 76c ὁ ποιῶν ‘the Creator’; Epict. 1, 6, 5; 1, 14, 10; 2, 8, 19 σε ὁ Ζεὺς πεποίηκε; 4, 1, 102; 107; 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν; Ael. Aristid. 43, 7 K.=1 p. 2 D.: Ζεὺς τὰ πάντα ἐποίησεν; Herm. Wr. 4, 1. In LXX oft. for בָּרָא also Wsd 1:13; 9:9; Sir 7:30; 32:13; Tob 8:6; Jdth 8:14; Bar 3:35; 4:7; 2 Macc 7:28; Aristobulus in Eus., PE13, 12, 12 [pp. 182 and 184 Holladay]; JosAs 9:5; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 65 and oft.; SibOr 3, 28 and Fgm. 3, 3; 16; Just., A II, 5, 2 al.) w. acc. ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα Ac 7:50 (Is 66:2). τοὺς αἰῶνας Hb 1:2 (s. αἰών 3). τὸν κόσμον (Epict. 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον; Sallust. 5 p. 10, 29; Wsd 9:9; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 21 [Stone p. 24]) Ac 17:24. τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν (cp. Ael. Aristid. above; Gen 1:1; Ex 20:11; Ps 120:2; 145:6; Is 37:16; Jer 39:17 et al.; TestJob 2:4; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 121; Aristobulus above) Ac 4:24; 14:15b; cp. Rv 14:7. τὰ πάντα PtK 2 p. 13, 26 (JosAs 12, 2; Just., D. 55, 2; also s. Ael. Aristid. above). Lk 11:40 is classed here by many. Of the relation of Jesus to God Ἰησοῦν, πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν= appointed him Hb 3:2 (cp. Is 17:7).—W. a second acc., that of the predicate (PSI 435, 19 [258 B.C.] ὅπως ἂν ὁ Σάραπις πολλῷ σὲ μείζω ποιήσῃ) ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς (God) created them male and female Mt 19:4b; Mk 10:6 (both Gen 1:27c).—Pass. Hb 12:27.—ὁ ποιήσας the Creator Mt 19:4a v.l.
    ② to undertake or do someth. that brings about an event, state, or condition, do, cause, bring about, accomplish, prepare, etc.
    ⓐ ἔργα π. do deeds, also in sg. (as JosAs 29:3 μὴ ποιήσῃς τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο) τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ π. do as Abraham did J 8:39. τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν vs. 41; cp. 10:37. τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα Rv 2:5. ἔργον commit a deed 1 Cor 5:2 v.l. ἔργον ποίησον εὐαγγελιστοῦ 2 Ti 4:5 (s. ἔργον 2).—ἔργον or ἔργα somet. refer to wondrous deeds: ἓν ἔργον ἐποίησα I have done just one (wondrous) deed J 7:21. Pl. 14:12a; cp. vs. 12bc. This illustrates the transition to
    ⓑ do, perform miracles δυνάμεις Mt 7:22; 13:58; Ac 19:11 (Just., A I, 26, 2 al.); sg. Mk 6:5; 9:39. θαυμάσια Mt 21:15 (cp. Sir 31:9). μεγάλα καὶ θαυμάσια AcPl Ha 8, 33=BMM verso 5f (Just., A I, 62, 4). σημεῖα (Ex 4:17) J 2:23; 3:2; 7:31; 9:16; 11:47b; 20:30; Rv 13:13a; 16:14; 19:20. Sing. J 6:30; 10:41. τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα Ac 6:8; 7:36. ὅσα Mk 3:8; 6:30; Lk 9:10.—Ac 10:39; 14:11.
    ⓒ of conditions bring about, etc.: εἰρήνην make, establish peace Eph 2:15; Js 3:18 (cp. 2 Macc 1:4). τὴν ἔκβασιν provide a way out 1 Cor 10:13 (on the foll. gen. of the inf. w. the art. s. B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1067). ἐπίστασιν ὄχλου cause a disturbance among the people Ac 24:12. τὰ σκάνδαλα create difficulties Ro 16:17. On Mk 6:20 v.l. KRomaniuk, ETL 69, ’93, 140f.—W. dat. of advantage ἐποίουν χαρὰν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς they brought joy to the members Ac 15:3 (s. ἀδελφός 2a).
    ⓓ used w. a noun as a periphrasis for a simple verb of doing (s. 7a below; B-D-F §310, 1.—ποιέω in such combinations as early as IPriene 8, 63 [c. 328 B.C.], also Plut., Crass. 551 [13, 6]; s. ἑορτή, end). ἐποίησεν ᾆσμα GJs 6:3. διαθήκην π. Hb 8:9 (Jer 38:32 cod. Q; cp. Is 28:15; TestAbr A 8 p. 86, 6 [Stone p. 20] διάταξιν). π. τὴν ἐκδίκησιν Lk 18:7f; cp. Ac 7:24 (s. ἐκδίκησις 1). ἐνέδραν 25:3. κοπετόν 8:2. κρίσιν (s. κρίσις 1aα and β) J 5:27; Jd 15. θρῆνον GJs 3:1. κυνηγίαν AcPl Ha 1, 33. λύτρωσιν Lk 1:68. ὁδὸν ποιεῖν (v.l. ὁδοποιεῖν) Mk 2:23 (ὁδός 2). π. (τὸν) πόλεμον (μετά τινος) wage war (on someone) Rv 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:8 LXX; 7:21 Theod.; Gen 14:2). πρόθεσιν Eph 3:11; συμβούλιον π. Mk 3:6 v.l.; 15:1; συστροφήν Ac 23:12; cp. vs. 13. φόνον Mk 15:7 (cp. Dt 22:8; Callinicus, Vi. Hyp. 98, 21 Bonn; TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 4 [Stone p. 78, 4]).—τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιεῖν τινι vs. 15 s. ἱκανός 1.
    ⓔ what is done is indicated by the neut. of an adj. or pron.: τὸ ἀγαθὸν π. do what is good Ro 13:3; τὰ ἀγαθὰ π. J 5:29; ἀγαθὸν π. do good Mk 3:4; 1 Pt 3:11 (Ps 33:15). τὸ καλὸν Ro 7:21; 2 Cor 13:7b; Gal 6:9. τὰ καλὰ (καὶ εὐάρεστα ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ) 1 Cl 21:1. καλόν Js 4:17. τὸ κακόν Ro 13:4. τὰ κακά 3:8. κακόν 2 Cor 13:7a (κακὸν μηδέν; cp. SIG 1175, 20 κακόν τι ποιῆσαι). κακά 1 Pt 3:12 (Ps 33:17). τὰ ἀρεστὰ αὐτῷ (=τῷ θεῷ) J 8:29; cp. Hb 13:21b; 1J 3:22 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 12 [Stone p. 40] πάντα τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον σου ἐποίησεν). πάντα 1 Cor 9:23; 10:31b; IEph 15:3.—ὅ Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9; J 13:7, 27a. τοῦτο Mt 13:28; Mk 5:32; Lk 5:6; J 14:13, 14 v.l.; AcPl Ha 9, 27; Ro 7:15f, 20 (cp. Epict. 2, 26, 4 ὸ̔ θέλει οὐ ποιεῖ καὶ ὸ̔ μὴ θέλει ποιεῖ); 1 Cor 11:24f (the specific sense ‘sacrifice’ in this passage is opposed by TAbbott [JBL 9, 1890, 137–52], but favored by FMozley [ET 7, 1896, 370–86], AAndersen [D. Abendmahl in d. ersten zwei Jahrh. 1904], and K Goetz [D. Abendmahlsfrage2 1907]). αὐτὸ τοῦτο Gal 2:10. ταῦτα Mt 21:23; 23:23; Gal 5:17; 2 Pt 1:10b. αὐτά J 13:17; Ro 1:32; 2:3. τὸ αὐτό Mt 5:46, 47b.—τί ποιήσω; Mk 10:17; cp. J 18:35 (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 19 [Stone p. 10]; ParJer 6:14 τί ποιήσωμεν; ApcEsdr 7:4 p. 32, 14 Tdf.). τί ἀγαθὸν ποιήσω; Mt 19:16. τί κακὸν ἐποίησεν; Mt 27:23; Lk 23:22; Mk 15:14. τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε; Mt 5:47a. τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο; what is this that you are doing? or why are you doing this? Mk 11:3 (GrBar 2:2 τί ἐποίησας τοῦτο; s. B-D-F §299, 1; Rob. 736; 738; Rdm.2 25f). τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε; Ac 14:15a (as Demosth. 55, 5). τί σὺ ὧδε ποιεῖς; Hv 1, 1, 5. W. ptc. foll. (B-D-F §414, 5; Rob. 1121) τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες; what are you doing, untying? Mk 11:5. τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες; what are you doing, weeping? or what do you mean by weeping? Ac 21:13. τί ποιήσουσιν οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι; what are they to do, who have themselves baptized? 1 Cor 15:29.—A statement of what is to be done follows in an indirect question ὸ̔ ποιεῖς ποίησον do what you must do J 13:27 (as Epict. 3, 21, 24 ποίει ἃ ποιεῖς; 3, 23, 1; 4, 9, 18; TestJob 7:13).
    ⓕ of meals or banquets, and of festivities of which a banquet is the principal part give ἄριστον Lk 14:12. δεῖπνον (q.v. bα) Mk 6:21; Lk 14:12, 16; J 12:2; Hs 5, 2, 9. δοχήν (s. δοχή) Lk 5:29; 14:13; GJs 6:2. γάμους (s. γάμος 1a) Mt 22:2 (JosAs 20:6).—Keep, celebrate (PFay 117, 12) the Passover (feast) Mt 26:18; Hb 11:28 (s. πάσχα 3). Also in connection w. τὴν ἑορτὴν ποιῆσαι Ac 18:21 D the Passover is surely meant. But π. is also used of festivals in general (cp. X., Hell. 4, 5, 2 ποιεῖν Ἴσθμια; 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια).
    ⓖ of the natural processes of growth; in plant life send out, produce, bear, yield καρπόν, καρπούς (Aristot., Plant. 1, 4, 819b, 31; 2, 10, 829a, 41; LXX [καρπός 1aα]) Mt 3:10; 7:17ab, 18, 19; 13:26; Lk 3:9; 6:43ab; 8:8; 13:9; Rv 22:2; also in imagery Mt 3:8; 21:43; Lk 3:8. κλάδους Mk 4:32. ἐλαίας Js 3:12a (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 50 ἄμπελοι, αἳ ποιοῦσιν τὸν οἶνον). π. ὕδωρ produce water vs. 12b (but s. ἁλυκός).—Of capital yielding a return ἡ μνᾶ ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς the mina has made five minas Lk 19:18. Also of a person who operates w. capital make money (Ps.-Demosth. 10, 76; Polyb. 2, 62, 12) ἐποίησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα Mt 25:16 v.l.
    ⓗ with focus on causality
    α. The result of the action is indicated by the acc. and inf.; make (to), cause (someone) to, bring it about that (Hom. et al.; also ins [SIG IV p. 510a index], pap, LXX; TestJob 3:7; 42:6; ParJer 9:16f; ApcMos 16; Just., A I, 26, 5, D. 69, 6; 114, 1; Ath. 13, 2) ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι Mt 5:32. ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλεεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mk 1:17. Cp. 7:37b; Lk 5:34 ( force someone to fast); J 6:10; Ac 17:26; Rv 13:13b.—ἵνα takes the place of the inf.: ποιήσω αὐτοὺς ἵνα ἥξουσιν Rv 3:9; cp. 13:12b, 16. ἵνα without acc. (TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 20 [Stone p. 68] ποίησον ἵνα φαγῶμεν) J 11:37; Col 4:16; Rv 13:15.—ἡμῖν ὡς πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν us, as though we had caused him to walk Ac 3:12 (s. B-D-F §400, 7).
    β. w. a double accusative, of the obj. and the pred. (Hom. et al.; LXX; ApcEsdr 4:27 p. 38, 32 Tdf. λίθους ἄρτους ποιήσας; Mel., P. 68, 494 ποιήσας ἡμᾶς ἱεράτευμα καινόν), make someone or someth. (into) someth. W. noun as predicate acc.: ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mt 4:19. ὑμεῖς αὐτὸν (i.e. τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ) ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lk 19:46. Cp. Mt 23:15b; J 2:16; 4:46, 54; cp. 2:11; Ac 2:36; 2 Cor 5:21; Hb 1:7 (Ps 103:4); Rv 1:6; 3:12 al. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τ. μισθίων σου Lk 15:19, 21 v.l. (cp. Gen 45:8; 48:20 and s. B-D-F §453, 4; Rob. 481). If the obj. acc. is missing, it may be supplied fr. the context as self-evident ἁρπάζειν αὐτὸν ἵνα ποιήσωσιν βασιλέα take him by force, in order to make (him) king J 6:15.—1 Cor 6:15. Claim that someone is someth., pretend that someone is someth. J 8:53; 10:33; 19:7, 12; 1J 1:10; 5:10. Cp. 5b.—W. adj. as predicate acc.: εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους (Is 40:3) make the paths straight Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4. τρίχα λευκὴν π. Mt 5:36. Cp. 12:16; 20:12b; 26:73; 28:14; Mk 3:12; J 5:11, 15; 7:23; 16:2; Ac 7:19; Eph 2:14 ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν; Rv 12:15; 21:5. ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ θεῷ (thereby) declaring that he was equal to God or making himself equal to God J 5:18.—Cp. use of the mid. 7b below.
    γ. w. adv. of place send outside ἔξω ποιεῖν τινα put someone out (=send outside; cp. X., Cyr. 4, 1, 3 ἔξω βελῶν ποιεῖν=‘put outside bowshot’) Ac 5:34.
    ③ to carry out an obligation of a moral or social nature, do, keep, carry out, practice, commit
    ⓐ do, keep the will or law obediently τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ etc. (JosAs 12:3; s. θέλημα 1cγ) Mt 7:21; 12:50; Mk 3:35; J 4:34; 6:38; 7:17; 9:31; Eph 6:6; Hb 10:7, 9 (both Ps 39:9), 36; 13:21; 1J 2:17; Pol 2:2; τὰ θελήματα Mk 3:35 v.l.; Ac 13:22; GEb 121, 34. π. τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκός Eph 2:3. Cp. Mt 21:31.—π. τὸν νόμον J 7:19; Gal 5:3; cp. Mt 5:19; Ro 2:14; Gal 3:10 (Dt 27:26); vs. 12 (cp. Lev 18:5).—Mt 7:24, 26; Lk 6:46; J 2:5; 8:44. ἐκεῖνο τὸ προσταχθὲν ἡμῖν ποιήσωμεν let us do what has been commanded us GMary 463, 27f (ParJer 6:9).—ὸ̔ ἐὰν φανηρώσῃ … ὁ θεός, τοῦτο ποιήσομεν GJs 8:2.—ἐξουσίαν ποιεῖν exercise authority Rv 13:12a.
    ⓑ do, practice virtues (cp. SIG 304, 41f τὰ δίκαια): π. τὴν ἀλήθειαν (ἀλήθεια 2b) live the truth J 3:21 (cp. 1QS 1:5 al.); 1J 1:6. (τὴν) δικαιοσύνην (δικαιοσύνη 3a) 1J 2:29; 3:7, 10; Rv 22:11; 2 Cl 4:2; 11:7. τὰ ἐντολά Ro 22:14 v.l. (SGoranson, NTS 43, ’97, 154–57). Differently Mt 6:1 (δικαιοσύνη 3b), which belongs with ποιεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην vs. 2a and 3a (s. ἐλεημοσύνη 1); cp. Ac 9:36; 10:2; 24:17. π. ἐγκράτειαν 2 Cl 15:1. π. χρηστότητα Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:1, 3; 52:4 v.l.). π. ἔλεος show mercy Js 2:13; μετά τινος to someone Lk 1:72; 10:37a (JosAs 23:4; s. ἔλεος a and μετά A2γג).
    ⓒ do, commit, be guilty of sins and vices (τὴν) ἁμαρτίαν (ἁμαρτία 1a) J 8:34; 2 Cor 11:7; 1 Pt 2:22; 1J 3:4a, 8, 9; pl. Js 5:15 (TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 10 [Stone p. 78, 10]). ἁμάρτημα (TestJob 11:3; ParJer 2:2; s. ἁμάρτημα) 1 Cor 6:18. (τὴν) ἀνομίαν (ἀνομία 2) Mt 13:41; 1J 3:4b; 1 Cl 16:10 (Is 53:9). βδέλυγμα καὶ ψεῦδος Rv 21:27. τὸ πονηρὸν τοῦτο GJs 13:1; cp. 13:2; 15:3f; ταῦτα 15:2. τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα Ro 1:28. ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔξεστιν Mk 2:24; cp. Mt 12:2.
    ⓓ The manner of action is more definitely indicated by means of an adv. (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 51). καλῶς ποιεῖν do good or well Mt 12:12; 1 Cor 7:37, 38a (ApcMos 17). κρεῖσσον π. 7:38b; Js 2:8 (s. 5d below), 19; φρονίμως π. act wisely Lk 16:8; π. οὕτως do so (Chariton 8, 6, 4 ποιήσομεν οὕτως=this is the way we will proceed; JosAs 10:20; ApcMos 40; Mel., P. 13, 82) Mt 24:46; Lk 9:15; 12:43; J 14:31 (καθὼς … οὕτως π.); Ac 12:8; 1 Cor 16:1; Js 2:12; B 12:7; GJs 7:2. π. ὡσαύτως proceed in the same way Mt 20:5; ὁμοίως π. Lk 3:11; 10:37b. ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν as the dissemblers do Mt 6:2b. καθὼς ποιεῖτε 1 Th 5:11.—ποιεῖν foll. by a clause beginning w. ὡς: ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν he did as (the angel) had ordered Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19. Or the clause begins w. καθώς Mt 21:6; J 13:15b (TestJob 7:9). For GJs 17:1 s. 5e.
    ⓔ The manner of the action is more definitely indicated by a prepositional expr. ποιεῖν κατά τι do or act in accordance w. someth. (SIG 915, 13 π. κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας; 1016, 6; PLille 4, 6; 22 [III B.C.]; BGU 998 II, 12 [II B.C.] π. κατὰ τὰ προγεγραμμένα) κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν as they do Mt 23:3b.—Lk 2:27. Also π. πρός τι: πρὸς τὸ θέλημα 12:47.
    ④ to do someth. to others or someth., do someth. to/with, of behavior involving others, π. τι w. some indication of the pers. (or thing) with whom someth. is done; the action may result to the advantage or disadvantage of this person:
    ⓐ neutral π. τί τινα do someth. with someone (double acc. as Demosth. 23, 194 τὶ ποιεῖν ἀγαθὸν τὴν πόλιν) τί ποιήσω Ἰησοῦν; what shall I do with Jesus? Mt 27:22. τί οὖν αὐτὴν ποιήσωμεν; what, then, shall I do about (Mary)? GJs 8:2; cp. 14:1; 17:1. τί ποιήσεις τὸν ἀγρόν; what will you do with the land? Hs 1:4 (ParJer 3:9 τί θέλει ποιήσω τὰ ἅγια σκεύη). Cp. Mk 15:12.—B-D-F §157, 1; Rob. 484.—Neutral is also the expr. π. τί τινι do someth. to someone J 9:26; 12:16; 13:12; Ac 4:16. Likew. the passive form of the familiar saying of Jesus ὡς ποιεῖτε, οὕτω ποιηθήσεται ὑμῖν as you do (whether it be good or ill), it will be done to you 1 Cl 13:2.
    ⓑ to someone’s advantage: π. τί τινι (Diod S 18, 51, 3; TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 19 [Stone p. 80]; ParJer 3:12; ApcMos 3): ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι Mt 7:12a. τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν; what do you want me to do for you? Mt 20:32.—25:40; cp. vs. 45; Mk 5:19f; 7:12; 10:35f, 51; Lk 1:49; 8:39ab; J 13:15a.—π. τι εἴς τινα 1 Th 4:10. π. τι μετά τινος (B-D-F §227, 3, add. reff. B-D-R) Ac 14:27; 15:4 (TestJob 1:4; on the constr. w. μετά s. 3b above and cp. BGU 798, 7; 948, 8).
    ⓒ to someone’s disadvantage: π. τί τινι (Gen 20:9; JosAs 28:10 μὴ ποιήσητε αὐτοῖς κακόν; ApcMos 42) τί ποιήσει τοῖς γεωργοῖς; what will he do to the vine-dressers? Mt 21:40.—Mk 9:13; Lk 6:11; 20:15; Ac 9:13; Hb 13:6 (Ps 117:6); GJs 9:2.—π. τι εἴς τινα (PSI 64, 20; 22 [I B.C.] μηδὲ ποιήσειν εἰς σὲ φάρμακα) J 15:21. π. τι ἔν τινι Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31.
    ⓓ w. dat. and adv. ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως they treated them in the same way Mt 21:36. οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν κύριος the Lord has dealt thus with me Lk 1:25; cp. 2:48; Mt 18:35. εὖ ποιεῖν τινι Mk 14:7. καλῶς π. τινι Mt 5:44 v.l.; Lk 6:27. ὁμοίως π. τινι 6:31b.—In a condensed colloquialism (ποιεῖν) καθὼς ἐποίει αὐτοῖς (to do) as he was accustomed to do for them Mk 15:8 (s. εὐποιί̈α 1).
    ⓔ w. dat. and prep. κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐποίουν τοῖς προφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν Lk 6:23; cp. vs. 26.
    ⑤ do, make, with variations in specialized expressions
    ⓐ get or gain someth. for oneself, provide oneself with someth. ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς βαλλάντια Lk 12:33; φίλους 16:9 (cp. X., An. 5, 5, 12 φίλον ποιεῖσθαί τινα).—Without a dat. Ἰησοῦς μαθητὰς ποιεῖ Jesus was gaining disciples J 4:1.
    ⓑ of mental construction assume, suppose, take as an example (Hdt. et al.) w. double acc. (Pla., Theaet. 197d) ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλόν suppose the tree is good Mt 12:33a; cp. vs. 33b.
    ⓒ w. an acc. of time spend, stay (Anth. 11, 330; PSI 362, 15 [251/250 B.C.]; UPZ 70, 21; PFlor 137, 7 [III A.D.] ἡμέραν, ἥν ποιεῖ ἐκεῖ; PGen 54, 18 τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Pr 13:23; Ec 6:12; Tob. 10:7 BA; TestJob 20:5; 31:4; ParJer 6:16; ApcMos 37 ὥρας τρεῖς; Jos. Ant. 6, 18 μῆνας τέσσαρας; cp. our colloquial ‘do time’. Demosth. 19, 163 and Pla., Phileb. 50d are wrongly cited in this connection, as shown by WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 23f) χρόνον (Dionys. Hal. 4, 66; ParJer 7:33; ApcMos 31) Ac 15:33; 18:23. μῆνας τρεῖς 20:3. τρεῖς μῆνας GJs 12:3. νυχθήμερον 2 Cor 11:25. ἐνιαυτόν Js 4:13 (TestJob 21:1 ἔτη).
    ⓓ καλῶς ποιεῖν w. ptc. foll. do well if, do well to, as a formula somet.= please (s. καλῶς 4a and cp. SIG 561, 6f καλῶς ποιήσειν τοὺς πολίτας προσδεξαμένους; UPZ 110, 11 [164 B.C.]; POxy 300, 5 [I A.D.]; 525, 7; Hdt. 5, 24 εὖ ἐποίησας ἀφικόμενος; SIG 598e, 8f) Ac 10:33; Phil 4:14; 2 Pt 1:19; 3J 6; GEg 252, 53.—Sim. καλῶς ποιεῖν, εἰ … Js 2:8 (cp. PPetr II, 11 [1], 1 καλῶς ποιεῖς εἰ ἔρρωσαι).
    ⓔ αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα κυρίου ποιήσει ὡς βούλεται this day of the Lord will turn out as (the Lord) wills GJs 17:1 (deStrycker cites Mt 6:34 for the construction); if the accentuation αὐτή is adopted, render: the day of the Lord shall itself bring things about as (the Lord) wills.
    ⑥ to be active in some way, work, be active, abs. (X., An. 1, 5, 8; Ruth 2:19) w. acc. of time (Socrat., Ep. 14, 8 ποιήσας ἡμέρας τριάκοντα) μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν they have worked for only one hour Mt 20:12a. ποιῆσαι μῆνας be active for months Rv 13:5.—Somet. it is not a general action or activity that is meant, but the doing of someth. quite definite. The acc. belonging to it is easily supplied fr. the context: λέγουσιν καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν they say (it), but do not do or keep (it) Mt 23:3c (the contrast is not betw. speaking [λαλεῖν] and acting in general).—2 Cor 8:10f (s. Betz, 2 Cor p. 64); 1 Th 5:24.
    ⑦ make/do someth. for oneself or of oneself mid.
    ⓐ mostly as a periphrasis of the simple verbal idea (s. 2d) ἀναβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι Ac 25:17 (s. ἀναβολή). ἐκβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι 27:18 (s. ἐκβολή); αὔξησιν π. Eph 4:16; δέησιν or δεήσεις π. Lk 5:33; Phil 1:4; 1 Ti 2:1 (s. δέησις). διαλογισμοὺς π. 1 Cl 21:3; τὰς διδασκαλίας Papias (2:15); τὴν ἕνωσιν π. IPol 5:2; ἐπιστροφὴν π. 1 Cl 1:1 (ἐπιστροφή 1); καθαρισμὸν π. Hb 1:3 (καθαρισμός 2). κοινωνίαν Ro 15:26. κοπετόν Ac 8:2 v.l.; λόγον (Isocr., Ep. 2, 2; Just., D. 1, 3 al.) 1:1; 11:2 D; 20:24 v.l. (on these three passages s. λόγος: 1b; 1aγ and 1aα, end). μνείαν Ro 1:9; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4 (μνεία 2). μνήμην 2 Pt 1:15 (s. μνήμη 1). μονήν J 14:23 (μονή 1). νουθέτησιν 1 Cl 56:2 (Just., A I, 67, 4). ὁμιλίαν IPol 5:1 (ὁμιλία 2). ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν AcPlCor 2:28. πορείαν π. (=πορεύεσθαι; cp. X., An. 5, 6, 11, Cyr. 5, 2, 31; Plut., Mor. 571e; Jos., Vi. 57; 2 Macc 3:8; 12:10; Ar. 4, 2) Lk 13:22. πρόνοιαν π. make provision, care (Isocr. 4, 2 and 136; Demosth., Prooem. 16; Ps.-Demosth. 47, 80; Polyb. 4, 6, 11; Dion. Hal. 5, 46; Aelian, VH 12, 56. Oft. in ins and pap [esp. of civic-minded people]; Da 6:19 προν. ποιούμενος αὐτοῦ; Jos., Bell. 4, 317, C. Ap. 1, 9; Ar. 13, 2) Ro 13:14; Papias (2:15). προσκλίσεις π. 1 Cl 47:3; σπουδὴν π. be eager (Hdt. 1, 4; 5, 30 πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος; 9, 8; Pla., Euthyd. 304e, Leg. 1, 628e; Isocr. 5, 45 πᾶσαν τὴν σπ.̀ περὶ τούτου ποιεῖσθαι; Polyb. 1, 46, 2 al.; Diod S 1, 75, 1; Plut., Mor. 4e; SIG 539A, 15f; 545, 14 τὴν πᾶσαν σπ.̀ ποιούμενος; PHib 71, 9 [III B.C.] τ. πᾶσαν σπ. ποίησαι; 44, 8) Jd 3. συνελεύσεις ποιεῖσθαι come together, meet 1 Cl 20:10 (Just., A I, 67, 7). συνωμοσίαν ποιεῖσθαι form a conspiracy (Polyb. 1, 70, 6; Herodian 7, 4, 3; SIG 526, 16) Ac 23:13.—Cp. use of the act. 2d.
    ⓑ w. double acc., of the obj. and pred. (Lucian, Prom. Es in Verb. 6 σεμνοτάτας ἐποιεῖτο τὰς συνουσίας; GDI 4629, II, 22; 25 [Laconia]; Jos., Ant. 2, 263; s. 2hβ) βεβαίαν τὴν κλῆσιν ποιεῖσθαι make the calling certain 2 Pt 1:10. οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ I don’t consider my life as something of value for myself Ac 20:24. Cp. use of the act. 2hβ.—B. 538. Cp. πράσσω. Schmidt, Syn. I 397–423. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ποιέω

  • 19 prendre

    prendre [pʀɑ̃dʀ]
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ━━━━━━━━━
    ➭ TABLE 58
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    ► Lorsque prendre fait partie d'une locution comme prendre en photo, prendre en charge, reportez-vous aussi à l'autre mot.
    ━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━━
    1. <
       a. to take ( dans out of)
    • avec lui, il faut en prendre et en laisser you can't believe half of what he says
    • tiens, prends ce marteau here, use this hammer
    • si tu sors, prends ton parapluie if you go out, take your umbrella
    • j'ai pris l'avion/le train de 4 heures I caught the 4 o'clock plane/train
       b. ( = aller chercher) [+ chose] to get ; [+ personne] to pick up ; ( = emmener) to take
       c. ( = s'emparer de, surprendre) [+ poisson, voleur] to catch
    • qu'est-ce qui te prend ? (inf) what's the matter with you?
    • ça te prend souvent ? (inf) are you often like this?
    • je vous y prends ! caught you!
       d. ( = duper) to take in
       e. ( = manger, boire) [+ aliment, boisson] to have ; [+ médicament] to take
    • prenez-vous du sucre ? do you take sugar?
    • est-ce que vous prendrez du café ? would you like some coffee?
       f. ( = acheter) [+ billet, essence] to get ; ( = réserver) [+ couchette, place] to book
    • peux-tu me prendre du pain ? can you get me some bread?
       g. ( = accepter) [+ client, locataire] to take ; [+ passager] to pick up
       h. ( = noter) [+ renseignement, adresse, nom, rendez-vous] to write down ; [+ mesures, température, empreintes] to take
       i. ( = adopter) [+ air, ton] to put on ; [+ décision, risque, mesure] to take
       k. ( = faire payer) to charge
       l. ( = subir) (inf) [+ coup, choc] to get
       m. ( = réagir à) [+ nouvelle] to take
       n. ( = manier) [+ personne] to handle ; [+ problème] to deal with
       o. (locutions)
    ► prendre qn/qch pour ( = considérer comme) to take sb/sth for ; ( = utiliser comme) to take sb/sth as
    • pour qui me prenez-vous ? what do you take me for?
    • prendre qch pour cible to make sth a target► prendre sur soi ( = se maîtriser) to grin and bear it ; ( = assumer) to take responsibility
    • savoir prendre sur soi to keep a grip on o.s.
    • prendre sur soi de faire qch to take it upon o.s. to do sth► à tout prendre on the whole
    2. <
       a. ( = durcir) [ciment, pâte, crème] to set
       b. ( = réussir) [mouvement, mode] to catch on
    • avec moi, ça ne prend pas (inf) it doesn't work with me (inf)
       c. ( = commencer à brûler) [feu] to take ; (accidentellement) to start ; [allumette] to light ; [bois] to catch fire
       d. ( = passer) to go
    3. <
       a. ( = se considérer)
    • pour qui se prend-il ? who does he think he is?
    • se prendre au sérieux to take o.s. seriously
       b. ( = accrocher, coincer) to catch
       c. (locutions)
    ► s'en prendre à ( = passer sa colère sur) to take it out on ; ( = blâmer) to put the blame on ; ( = attaquer) to attack
    * * *
    pʀɑ̃dʀ
    1.
    1) ( saisir) to take

    prendre un vase sur l'étagère/dans le placard — to take a vase off the shelf/out of the cupboard

    2) (se donner, acquérir)

    prendre un accent — ( involontairement) to pick up an accent; ( volontairement) to put on an accent

    prendre une habitude — to develop ou pick up a habit

    3) ( dérober) to take
    4) ( apporter) to bring
    5) ( emporter) to take
    6) ( retirer)
    7) ( consommer) to have [boisson, aliment, repas]; to take [médicament, drogue]

    aller prendre un café/une bière — to go for a coffee/a beer

    je prends des calmants depuis la guerre — I've been on tranquillizers [BrE] since the war

    8) ( s'accorder) to take

    je vais prendre mon mercredi — (colloq) I'm going to take Wednesday off

    9) ( choisir) to take [objet]; to choose [sujet, question]

    prendre quelqu'un pour époux/épouse — to take somebody to be one's husband/wife

    10) ( faire payer) to charge

    il prend 15% au passage — (colloq) he takes a cut of 15%

    11) ( nécessiter) to take [temps]; ( user) to take up [espace, temps]
    12) (acheter, réserver, louer) to get [aliments, essence, place]
    13) ( embaucher) ( durablement) to take [somebody] on [employé, assistant, apprenti]; ( pour une mission) to engage [personne]

    prendre un avocat/guide — to engage a lawyer/guide

    14) ( accueillir) to take

    prendre un client — [taxi] to pick up a customer

    15) ( ramasser au passage) to pick up [personne, pain, clé, journal, ticket]
    16) ( emmener) to take [personne]

    je peux te prendre — ( en voiture) I can give you a lift

    17) ( attraper) to catch [personne, animal]

    je vous y prends! — (colloq) caught you!

    on ne m'y prendra plus! — (colloq) ( à faire) you won't catch me doing that again!; ( à croire) I won't be taken in (colloq) again!

    je ne me suis pas laissé prendre — ( tromper) I wasn't going to be taken in (colloq)

    18) (colloq) ( assaillir)

    ça te/leur prend souvent? — are you/they often like this?

    19) ( captiver) to involve [spectateur, lecteur]

    être pris par un livre/film — to get involved in a book/film

    20) ( subir) to get [gifle, coup de soleil, décharge, contravention]; to catch [rhume]
    21) ( utiliser) to take [autobus, métro, train, ferry, autoroute]
    22) ( envisager) to take

    prenons par exemple Nina — take Nina, for example

    23) ( considérer) to take

    pour qui me prends-tu? — ( grossière erreur) what do you take me for?; ( manque de respect) who do you think you're talking to?

    excusez-moi, je vous ai pris pour quelqu'un d'autre — I'm sorry, I thought you were someone else

    24) ( traiter) to handle
    25) ( mesurer) to take [mensurations, température, tension, pouls]
    26) ( noter) to take down
    27) ( apprendre)
    28) ( accepter) to take
    29) ( endosser) to take over [direction, pouvoir]; to assume [contrôle, poste]

    prendre sur soi de faire — to take it upon oneself to do, to undertake to do

    30) ( accumuler) to put on [poids]; to gain [avance]
    31) ( contracter) to take on [bail]; to take [emploi]
    32) ( défier) to take [somebody] on [concurrent]
    33) ( conquérir) Armée to take, to seize [ville, forteresse]; to capture [navire, tank]; Jeux to take [pièce, carte]

    2.
    verbe intransitif
    1) ( aller)

    prendre à gauche/vers le nord — to go left/north

    2) ( s'enflammer) [feu, bois, mèche] to catch; [incendie] to break out
    3) ( se solidifier) [gelée, flan, glace, ciment, plâtre, colle] to set; [blancs d'œufs] to stiffen; [mayonnaise] to thicken
    4) ( réussir) [grève, innovation] to be a success; [idée, mode] to catch on; [teinture, bouture, vaccination, greffe] to take; [leçon] to sink in
    5) ( prélever)
    7) (colloq) ( être cru)

    ça ne prend pas! — it won't wash (colloq) ou work!

    8) (colloq) ( subir)

    3.
    se prendre verbe pronominal
    1) (devoir être saisi, consommé, mesuré)
    5) (colloq) ( recevoir)
    6) ( commencer)
    8)

    s'en prendre à — ( par des reproches ou des critiques) to attack [personne, presse, parti]; ( pour passer sa colère) to take it out on [personne]; ( agresser verbalement ou physiquement) to go for [personne]; ( blâmer) to blame [personne, groupe, institution]

    savoir s'y prendre avec — to have a way with [enfants, femmes, vieux]; to know how to handle [employés, élèves]

    10) ( agir)

    elle s'y prend bien/mal — she goes about it the right/wrong way

    ••
    * * *
    pʀɑ̃dʀ
    1. vt
    1) (= saisir) to take
    2) (= se procurer) to get

    J'ai pris du lait en rentrant. — I got some milk on the way home.

    J'ai pris des places pour le concert. — I got some tickets for the concert.

    3) (= aller chercher) to get, to fetch Grande-Bretagne, [passager] to pick up

    passer prendre — to pick up, to go and fetch

    Je passerai te prendre. — I'll come and pick you up., I'll come and fetch you.

    Je dois passer prendre Richard. — I have to pick Richard up., I have to go and fetch Richard.

    4) [train, bus] to take

    Nous avons pris le train de huit heures. — We took the eight o'clock train.

    Je prends toujours le train pour aller à Paris. — I always go to Paris by train., I always take the train when I go to Paris.

    5) (= prélever) [pourcentage, argent] to take off
    6) (= acquérir) [du poids] to put on, to gain

    prendre goût à qch — to develop a taste for sth, to acquire a taste for sth

    7) (= adopter) [voix, ton] to put on
    8) (= attraper) [malfaiteur, poisson] to catch
    9) [personnel] to take on, [locataire] to take in
    10) (= s'y prendre avec) [enfant, problème] to handle

    prendre sur soi de faire qch — to take it upon o.s. to do sth

    prendre sa source [rivière] — to rise, to have its source

    2. vi
    1) [liquide, ciment] to set
    2) [greffe, vaccin] to take
    3) [ruse] to be successful
    4) [feu] to go, [incendie] to start, [allumette] to light
    5) (= se diriger)

    Prenez à gauche en arrivant au rond-point. — Turn left at the roundabout.

    6) * (= être preneur)
    * * *
    prendre verb table: prendre
    A vtr
    1 ( saisir) to take; prendre un vase sur l'étagère/dans le placard to take a vase off the shelf/out of the cupboard; prendre le bras de son mari to take one's husband's arm; prendre qn par la taille ( des deux mains) to take sb by the waist; ( d'un bras) to put one's arm around sb's waist; puis-je prendre votre manteau? may I take your coat?; prenez donc une chaise do have ou take a seat; ⇒ clique, courage, jambe;
    2 (se donner, acquérir) prendre un air/une expression to put on an air/an expression; prendre le nom de son mari to take one's husband's name; prendre une identité to assume an identity; prendre un accent ( involontairement) to pick up an accent; ( volontairement) to put on an accent; prendre une habitude to develop ou pick up a habit; prendre une voix grave to adopt a solemn tone; prendre un rôle to assume a role; ta remarque prend tout son sens you comment begins to make sense; prendre une nuance to take on a particular nuance;
    3 ( dérober) to take; prendre de l'argent dans la caisse/à ses parents to take money from the till GB ou cash register/from one's parents; on m'a pris tous mes bijoux I had all my jewellery GB ou jewelry US stolen; il m'a pris ma petite amie he stole my girlfriend; la guerre leur a pris deux fils they lost two sons in the war; la guerre leur a pris tout ce qui leur était cher the war robbed them of all they held most dear;
    4 ( apporter) to bring; n'oublie pas de prendre des bottes don't forget to bring boots; je n'ai pas pris assez d'argent I haven't brought enough money;
    5 ( emporter) to take; j'ai pris ton parapluie I took your umbrella; ne prends rien sans demander don't take anything without asking; prends ton écharpe, il fait froid take your scarf, it's cold;
    6 ( retirer) prendre de l'argent au distributeur to get some money out of the cash dispenser; prendre de l'eau au puits to get water from the well; prendre quelques livres à la bibliothèque to get a few books out of the library;
    7 ( consommer) to have [boisson, aliment, repas]; to take [médicament, drogue]; vous prendrez bien quelque chose/un peu de gâteau? won't you have something to eat or drink/some cake?; je vais prendre du poisson I'll have fish; mais tu n'as rien pris! you've hardly taken any!; aller prendre un café/une bière to go for a coffee/a beer; je prends des calmants depuis la guerre I've been on tranquillizersGB since the war; le médecin me fait prendre des antibiotiques the doctor has put me on antibiotics; je ne prends jamais d'alcool/de drogue I never touch alcohol/take drugs;
    8 ( s'accorder) to take; prendre un congé to take a vacation; je vais prendre mon mercredi○ I'm going to take Wednesday off; ⇒ temps;
    9 ( choisir) to take [objet]; to choose [sujet, question]; prendre la rouge/le moins cher des deux/la chambre double to take the red one/the cheaper one/the double room; j'ai pris la question sur Zola I chose the question on Zola; la romancière a pris comme sujet une histoire vraie the writer based her novel on a true story; prendre qn pour époux/épouse to take sb to be one's husband/wife;
    10 ( faire payer) to charge; elle prend combien de l'heure/pour une coupe? how much does she charge an hour/for a cut?; on m'a pris très cher I was charged a lot; il prend 15% au passage he takes a cut of 15%;
    11 ( nécessiter) to take [temps]; ( user) to take up [espace, temps]; le voyage m'a pris moins de deux heures the trip took me less than two hours; tes livres prennent trop de place your books take up too much room; mes enfants me prennent tout mon temps/toute mon énergie my children take up all my time/all my energy;
    12 (acheter, réserver, louer) to get [aliments, essence, place]; prends aussi du jambon get some ham too; j'ai pris deux places pour ce soir I've got two tickets for tonight; prendre une chambre en ville to get a room in town; j'en prendrai un kilo I'll have a kilo;
    13 ( embaucher) ( durablement) to take [sb] on [employé, assistant, apprenti]; ( pour une mission) to engage [personne]; ils ne m'ont pas pris they didn't take me on; prendre qn comme nourrice to take sb on as a nanny; prendre un avocat/guide to engage a lawyer/guide; être pris chez or par Hachette to get a job with Hachette; prendre une maîtresse to take a mistress;
    14 ( accueillir) to take; ils ont pris la petite chez eux they took the little girl in; l'école n'a pas voulu la prendre the school wouldn't take her; ce train ne prend pas de voyageurs this train doesn't take passengers; prendre un client [taxi] to pick up a customer; [prostituée] to pick up a client; [coiffeur] to take a customer; prendre un patient [médecin] to see a patient; prendre un nouveau patient [médecin, dentiste] to take on a new patient; prendre un élève [professeur] to take on a student;
    15 ( ramasser au passage) to pick up [personne, pain, clé, journal, ticket]; je passe te prendre à midi I'll come and pick you up at 12; prendre un auto-stoppeur to pick up a hitchhiker; prendre les enfants à l'école to collect the children from school;
    16 ( emmener) to take [personne]; je prends les enfants cet après-midi I'll take the children this afternoon; je peux te prendre ( en voiture) I can give you a lift;
    17 ( attraper) to catch [personne, animal]; elle s'est fait prendre en train de voler she got caught stealing; prendre un papillon avec ses doigts to pick up a butterfly; prendre un papillon entre ses mains to cup a butterfly in one's hands; je vous y prends○! caught you!; on ne m'y prendra plus○! I won't be taken in○ again!; se laisser prendre par un attrape-nigauds/une histoire to fall for a trick/a story; je ne me suis pas laissé prendre ( tromper) I wasn't going to be taken in○; se laisser prendre dans une bagarre to get drawn into a fight; se faire prendre par l'ennemi to be captured by the enemy; prendre un poisson to catch a fish; ⇒ flagrant, sac, taureau, vinaigre;
    18 ( assaillir) une douleur le prit he felt a sudden pain; qu'est-ce qui te prend○? what's the matter with you?; ça te/leur prend souvent○? are you/they often like this? ça te prend souvent de gueuler○ comme ça? do you often yell○ like that?;
    19 ( captiver) to involve [spectateur, lecteur]; être pris par un livre/film to be involved in a book/film;
    20 ( subir) to get [gifle, coup de soleil, décharge, contravention]; to catch [rhume]; j'ai pris le marteau sur le pied the hammer hit me on the foot; qu'est-ce qu'ils ont pris○! (coups, défaite) what a beating○ they got!; ( reproches) what a telling-off○ they got!; prendre une quinte de toux to have a coughing fit;
    21 Transp ( utiliser) to take [autobus, métro, train, ferry, autoroute]; prendre le train/la voiture/l'avion to take the train/the car/the plane; prendre le or un taxi to take a taxi; il a pris l'avion pour aller à Bruxelles he went to Brussels by air; je ne prends plus la voiture pour aller à Paris I've given up driving to Paris; s'il fait beau, je prendrai la bicyclette if the weather's nice, I'll cycle; en général je prends mon vélo pour aller travailler I usually cycle to work;
    22 ( envisager) to take; prenons par exemple Nina take Nina, for example; si je prends une langue comme le chinois/un pays comme la Chine if we take a language like Chinese/a country like China; à tout prendre all in all;
    23 ( considérer) to take; ne le prends pas mal don't take it the wrong way; il a plutôt bien pris ta remarque he took your comment rather well; il me prend pour un imbécile he takes me for a fool; pour qui me prends-tu? ( grossière erreur) what do you take me for?; ( manque de respect) who do you think you're talking to?; tu me prends pour ton esclave? I'm not your slave, you know!; excusez-moi, je vous ai pris pour quelqu'un d'autre I'm sorry, I thought you were someone else; ⇒ argent, canard, vessie;
    24 ( traiter) to handle; il est très gentil quand on sait le prendre he's very nice when you know how to handle him; savoir prendre son enfant to know how to handle one's child; on ne sait jamais par où la prendre○ you never know how to handle her;
    25 ( mesurer) to take [mensurations, température, tension, pouls]; je vais prendre votre pointure let me measure your foot;
    26 ( noter) to take down; je vais prendre votre adresse let me just take down your address; il s'est enfui mais j'ai pris le numéro de sa voiture he drove off but I took down his registration GB ou license US number;
    27 ( apprendre) prendre que to get the idea (that); où a-t-il pris qu'ils allaient divorcer? where did he get the idea they were going to get divorced?;
    28 ( accepter) to take; prendre les cartes de crédit to take credit cards; il a refusé de prendre l'argent he refused to take the money; il faut prendre les gens comme ils sont you must take people as you find them; prendre les choses comme elles sont to take things as they come; à 1 500, je prends, mais pas plus at 1,500, I'll take it, but that's my best offer;
    29 ( endosser) to take over [direction, pouvoir]; to assume [contrôle, poste]; je prends ça sur moi I'll see to it; prendre sur soi de faire to take it upon oneself to do, to undertake to do; elle a pris sur elle de leur parler/de leur cacher la vérité she took it upon herself to talk to them/to hide the truth from them; je prends sur moi tes dépenses I'll cover your expenses;
    30 ( accumuler) to put on [poids]; to gain [avance]; prendre trois minutes (d'avance) to gain three minutes; prendre des forces to build up one's strength;
    31 ( contracter) to take on [bail]; to take [emploi];
    32 ( défier) to take [sb] on [concurrent]; je prends le gagnant/le perdant I'll take on the winner/the loser;
    33 ( conquérir) Mil to take, to seize [ville, forteresse]; to capture [navire, tank]; Jeux to take [pièce, carte];
    34 ( posséder sexuellement) to take [femme].
    B vi
    1 ( aller) prendre à gauche/vers le nord to go left/north; prenez tout droit keep straight on; prendre à travers champs to strike out GB ou head off across the fields; prendre au plus court to take the shortest route; prendre par le littoral to follow the coast;
    2 ( s'enflammer) [feu, bois, mèche] to catch; [incendie] to break out;
    3 ( se solidifier) [gelée, flan, glace, ciment, plâtre, colle] to set; [blancs d'œufs] to stiffen; [mayonnaise] to thicken;
    4 ( réussir) [grève, innovation] to be a success; [idée, mode] to catch on; [teinture, bouture, vaccination, greffe] to take; [leçon] to sink in;
    5 ( prélever) prendre sur ses économies pour entretenir un neveu to draw on one's savings to support a nephew; prendre sur son temps libre pour traduire un roman to translate a novel in one's spare time;
    6 ( se contraindre) prendre sur soi to take a hold on oneself; prendre sur soi pour faire to make oneself do; prendre sur soi pour ne pas faire to keep oneself from doing; j'ai pris sur moi pour les écouter I made myself listen to them; j'ai pris sur moi pour ne pas les insulter I kept myself from insulting them;
    7 ○( être cru) ça ne prend pas! it won't wash○ ou work!; ton explication ne prendra pas avec moi that explanation won't wash with me○;
    8 ○( subir) prendre pour qn to take the rap○ for sb; c'est toujours moi qui prends! I'm always the one who gets it in the neck○!; tu vas prendre! you'll catch it○!; il en a pris pour 20 ans he got 20 years.
    C se prendre vpr
    1 (devoir être saisi, consommé, mesuré) un marteau se prend par le manche you hold a hammer by the handle; les pâtes ne se prennent pas avec les doigts you don't eat pasta with your fingers; en Chine le thé se prend sans sucre in China they don't put sugar in their tea; la vitamine C se prend de préférence le matin vitamin C is best taken in the morning; la température se prend le matin your temperature should be taken in the morning;
    2 (pouvoir être acquis, conquis, utilisé, attrapé) les mauvaises habitudes se prennent vite bad habits are easily picked up; le roi ne se prend jamais ( aux échecs) the king can't be taken; un avion ne se prend pas sans réservation you can't take a plane without making reservation;
    3 ( s'attraper) se prendre le pied gauche avec la main droite to take one's left foot in one's right hand; certains singes se prennent aux arbres avec leur queue some monkeys can swing from trees by their tails;
    4 ( se tenir l'un l'autre) se prendre par la taille to hold each other around the waist;
    5 ( se coincer) se prendre les doigts dans la porte to catch one's fingers in the door; mon écharpe s'est prise dans les rayons my scarf got caught in the spokes;
    6 ○( recevoir) il s'est pris quinze jours de prison/une gifle he got two weeks in prison/a smack in the face; tu vas te prendre l'étagère sur la tête the shelf is going to come down on your head; je me suis pris une averse I got caught in a shower;
    7 ( commencer) se prendre à faire to find oneself doing; elle s'est prise à aimer she found herself falling in love; se prendre de sympathie pour qn to take to sb;
    8 ( se considérer) elle se prend pour un génie she thinks she's a genius; il se prend pour James Dean he fancies himself as James Dean; pour qui est-ce que tu te prends? who do you think you are?; ⇒ Dieu;
    9 ( agresser) s'en prendre à qn ( par des reproches ou des coups) to set about sb; ( pour passer sa colère) to take it out on sb; s'en prendre à qch ( habituellement) to carry on about sth; ( à l'occasion) to lay into sth;
    10 ( se comporter) savoir s'y prendre avec to have a way with [enfants, femmes, vieux]; to know how to handle [employés, élèves];
    11 ( agir) il faut s'y prendre à l'avance pour avoir des places you have to book ahead to get seats; tu t'y es pris trop tard you left it too late (pour faire to do); il s'y est pris à plusieurs fois he tried several times; ils s'y sont pris à trois contre lui it was three against one; on s'y est pris à trois pour faire it took the three of us to do; regarde comment elle s'y prend look how she's doing it; elle s'y prend bien/mal she sets ou goes about it the right/wrong way; j'aime bien ta façon de t'y prendre I like the way you go about it; comment vas-tu t'y prendre? how will you go about it?; comment vas-tu t'y prendre pour les convaincre? how will you go about convincing them?
    c'est toujours ça de pris○ that's something at least; il y a à prendre et à laisser it's like the curate's egg; c'est à prendre ou à laisser take it or leave it; tel est pris qui croyait prendre the tables are turned; bien m'en a pris○ it was a good job○; mal m'en a pris○ it was a mistake.
    [prɑ̃dr] verbe transitif
    A.[SAISIR, ACQUÉRIR]
    1. [saisir] to take
    [saisir et garder] to take (hold of), to hold
    prendre un siège to take a seat, to sit down
    2. [emporter - lunettes, document, en-cas] to take
    [emmener] to take (along)
    3. [trouver] to get
    où as-tu pris cette idée/cette citation/ces manières? where did you get that idea/this quotation/those manners?
    4. [se procurer]
    5. [acheter - nourriture, billet de loterie] to get, to buy ; [ - abonnement, assurance] to take out (separable)
    [réserver - chambre d'hôtel, place de spectacle] to book
    j'ai pris des artichauts pour ce soir I've got ou bought some artichokes for tonight
    6. [demander - argent] to charge
    je prends une commission de 3 % I take a 3% commission
    7. [retirer]
    prendre de l'argent sur son compte to withdraw money from one's account, to take money out of one's account
    B.[AVOIR RECOURS À, SE SERVIR DE]
    1. [utiliser - outil] to use
    prends un marteau, ce sera plus facile use a hammer, you'll find it's easier
    [emprunter] to take, to borrow
    2. [consommer - nourriture] to eat ; [ - boisson] to drink, to have ; [ - médicament] to take ; [ - sucre] to take
    qu'est-ce que tu prends? what would you like to drink, what will it be?
    à prendre matin, midi et soir to be taken three times a day
    [comme ingrédient] to take
    3. [se déplacer en] to take, to go ou to travel by (inseparable)
    prendre l'avion to take the plane, to fly
    prendre le bateau to take the boat, to sail, to go by boat
    prendre le bus/le train to take the bus/train, to go by bus/train
    4. [monter dans - bus, train] to catch, to get on (inseparable)
    5. [louer]
    6. [suivre - voie] to take
    j'ai pris un sens interdit I drove ou went down a one-way street
    C.[PRENDRE POSSESSION DE, CONTRÔLER]
    1. [retenir par la force - fugitif] to capture ; [ - prisonnier] to take ; [ - animal] to catch
    MILITAIRE [ville, position] to take
    2. [voler] to take
    prendre une citation dans un livre [sans permission] to lift ou to poach a quotation from a book
    elle m'a pris mon idée/petit ami she stole my idea/boyfriend
    3. [occuper - temps] to take (up), to require (soutenu) ; [ - place] to take (up)
    pousse-toi, tu prends toute la place move up, you're taking up all the space
    ça prend du temps de chercher un appartement it takes time to find a flat, flat-hunting is time-consuming
    4. [envahir - suj: malaise, rage] to come over (inseparable) ; [ - suj: peur] to seize, to take hold of
    l'envie le ou lui prit d'aller nager he felt like going for a swim
    qu'est-ce qui te prend? what's wrong with ou what's the matter with ou what's come over you?
    qu'est-ce qui le ou lui prend de ne pas répondre? why on earth isn't he answering?
    quand ça le ou lui prend, il casse tout (familier) when he gets into this state, he just smashes everything in sight
    il est rentré chez lui et bien/mal lui en a pris he went home and it was just as well he did/, but he'd have done better to stay where he was
    5. [surprendre - voleur, tricheur] to catch
    si tu veux le voir, il faut le prendre au saut du lit if you want to see him, you must catch him as he gets up
    je t'y prends, petit galopin! caught ou got you, you little rascal!
    6. JEUX [pion, dame] to take
    demain, je te prends aux échecs (familier) tomorrow I'll take you on at ou play you at chess
    a. [pendant la course] he moved into second place
    b. [à l'arrivée] he came in second
    D.[ADMETTRE, RECEVOIR]
    1. [recevoir]
    après 22 heures, nous ne prenons plus de clients after 10 pm, we don't let anymore customers in
    2. [cours] to take
    3. [accueillir - pensionnaire] to take in (separable) ; [ - passager] to take
    [admettre par règlement] to take, to allow
    [engager - employé, candidat] to take on (separable)
    nous ne prenons pas les cartes de crédit/les bagages en cabine we don't take credit cards/cabin baggage
    prendre un comptable to take on ou to hire an accountant
    4. [acquérir, gagner]
    prendre de l'avance/du retard to be earlier/later than scheduled
    [terminaison] to take
    5. [subir] to get
    prendre froid ou (vieilli) du mal to catch ou to get a cold
    a. (familier) [coups, reproches] she got the worst ou took the brunt of it
    b. [éclaboussures] she got most ou the worst of it
    qu'est-ce qu'on a pris! (familier) , on a pris quelque chose! (familier)
    a. [averse] we got soaked ou drenched!
    c. [critique] we got panned!
    d. [défaite] we got thrashed!
    c'est toujours les mêmes qui prennent! (familier) they always pick on the same ones, it's always the same ones who get it in the neck!
    il en a pris pour 15 ans (familier) he got 15 years, he got put away for 15 years
    E.[CONSIDÉRER DE TELLE MANIÈRE]
    1. [accepter] to take
    bien/mal prendre quelque chose to take something well/badly
    [interpréter]
    prendre quelque chose en bien/en mal to take something as a compliment/badly
    2. [considérer] to take, to consider
    prenons un exemple let's take ou consider an example
    prendre quelqu'un/quelque chose en: prendre quelqu'un en amitié to grow fond of somebody
    prendre quelque chose/quelqu'un pour
    a. [par méprise] to mistake something/somebody for
    b. [volontairement] to take something/somebody for, to consider something/somebody to be
    pour qui me prenez-vous? what do you take me for?, who do you think I am?
    prendre quelque chose/quelqu'un comme to take something/somebody as
    à tout prendre all in all, by and large, all things considered
    3. [traiter - quelqu'un] to handle, to deal with (inseparable)
    prendre l'ennemi de front/à revers MILITAIRE (figuré) to tackle the enemy head on/from the rear
    F.[ENREGISTRER]
    1. [consigner - notes] to take ou to write down (separable) ; [ - empreintes, mesures, température, tension] to take
    prendre quelque chose/quelqu'un (en photo) to take a picture ou photo ou photograph of something/somebody
    G.[DÉCIDER DE, ADOPTER]
    1. [s'octroyer - vacances] to take, to have ; [ - bain, douche] to have, to take
    prendre un jour de congé to take ou to have the day off
    2. [s'engager dans - mesure, risque] to take
    a. [généralement] to make a decision
    b. [après avoir hésité] to make up one's mind, to come to a decision
    prendre la décision de to make up one's mind to, to decide to
    prendre l'initiative de faire quelque chose to take the initiative in doing something, to take it upon oneself to do something
    3. [choisir - sujet d'examen, cadeau] to take, to choose, to have
    4. [se charger de - poste] to take, to accept
    j'ai un appel pour toi, tu le prends? I've got a call for you, will you take it?
    5. [adopter - air] to put on (separable), to assume ; [ - ton] to assume
    ————————
    [prɑ̃dr] verbe intransitif
    1. [se fixer durablement - végétal] to take (root) ; [ - bouture, greffe, vaccin] to take ; [ - mode, slogan] to catch on
    ça ne prendra pas avec elle [mensonge] it won't work with her, she won't be taken in
    2. [durcir - crème, ciment, colle] to set ; [ - lac, étang] to freeze (over) ; [ - mayonnaise] to thicken
    3. [passer]
    prends à gauche [tourne à gauche] turn left
    prendre à travers bois/champs to cut through the woods/fields
    4. [commencer] to start, to get going
    je n'arrive pas à faire prendre le feu/les brindilles I can't get the fire going/the twigs to catch
    5. MUSIQUE & THÉÂTRE
    prenons avant la sixième mesure/à la scène 2 let's take it from just before bar six/from scene 2
    ————————
    prendre sur verbe plus préposition
    1. [entamer] to use (some of)
    je ne prendrai pas sur mon week-end pour finir le travail! I'm not going to give up ou to sacrifice part of my weekend to finish the job!
    ————————
    se prendre verbe pronominal (emploi passif)
    ————————
    se prendre verbe pronominal (emploi réciproque)
    ————————
    se prendre verbe pronominal intransitif
    to get caught ou trapped
    ————————
    se prendre verbe pronominal transitif
    1. [se coincer]
    attention, tu vas te prendre les doigts dans la charnière! careful, you'll trap your fingers ou get your fingers caught in the hinge!
    2. (familier) [choisir]
    ————————
    se prendre à verbe pronominal plus préposition
    1. [se laisser aller à]
    s'y prendre bien/mal: s'y prendre bien/mal avec quelqu'un to handle somebody the right/wrong way
    elle s'y prend bien ou sait s'y prendre avec les enfants she's good with children
    ————————
    se prendre de verbe pronominal plus préposition
    se prendre d'amitié pour quelqu'un to grow fond of somebody, to feel a growing affection for somebody
    ————————
    se prendre pour verbe pronominal plus préposition
    tu te prends pour qui pour me parler sur ce ton? who do you think you are, talking to me like that?
    ————————
    s'en prendre à verbe pronominal plus préposition
    s'en prendre à quelqu'un/quelque chose
    a. [l'attaquer] to attack somebody/something
    b. [le rendre responsable] to put the blame on somebody/something

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > prendre

  • 20 life

    noun
    , pl. lives
    1) Leben, das

    it is a matter of life and death — es geht [dabei] um Leben und Tod; (fig.): (it is of vital importance) es ist äußerst wichtig (to für)

    come to life — [Bild, Statue:] lebendig werden

    run etc. for one's life — um sein Leben rennen usw.

    late in life — erst im fortgeschrittenen Alter

    for life — lebenslänglich [inhaftiert]

    he's doing life — (coll.) er sitzt lebenslänglich (ugs.)

    get life — (coll.) lebenslänglich kriegen (ugs.)

    expectation of life — Lebenserwartung, die

    get the fright/shock of one's life — (coll.) zu Tode erschrecken/den Schock seines Lebens bekommen (ugs.)

    he will do anything for a quiet life — für ihn ist die Hauptsache, dass er seine Ruhe hat

    make life easy for oneself/somebody — es sich (Dat.) /jemandem leicht machen

    make life difficult for oneself/somebody — sich (Dat.) /jemandem das Leben schwer machen

    this is the life! — (expr. content) so lässt sich's leben!

    that's life, life's like that — so ist das Leben [nun mal]

    not on your life — (coll.) nie im Leben! (ugs.)

    save one's/somebody's life — sein Leben/jemandem das Leben retten

    something is as much as somebody's life is worth — mit etwas setzt jemand sein Leben aufs Spiel

    take one's [own] life — sich (Dat.) das Leben nehmen

    get a life — (coll.) was aus seinem Leben machen

    2) (energy, animation) Leben, das

    there is still life in something — in etwas (Dat.) steckt noch Leben

    3) (living things and their activity) Leben, das

    bird/insect life — die Vogelwelt/die Insekten

    4) (living form or model)

    as large as life — (life-size) lebensgroß; (in person) in voller Schönheit (ugs. scherzh.)

    5) (specific aspect) [Privat-, Wirtschafts-, Dorf]leben, das

    in this life — (on earth) in diesem Leben

    the other or the future or the next life — (in heaven) das zukünftige Leben [nach dem Tode]

    eternal or everlasting life — ewiges Leben

    6) (of battery, lightbulb, etc.) Lebensdauer, die
    * * *
    plural - lives; noun
    1) (the quality belonging to plants and animals which distinguishes them from rocks, minerals etc and things which are dead: Doctors are fighting to save the child's life.) das Leben
    2) (the period between birth and death: He had a long and happy life.) das Leben
    3) (liveliness: She was full of life and energy.) das Leben
    4) (a manner of living: She lived a life of ease and idleness.) das Leben
    5) (the period during which any particular state exists: He had many different jobs during his working life.) das Leben
    6) (living things: It is now believed that there may be life on Mars; animal life.) das Leben
    7) (the story of a life: He has written a life of Churchill.) die Lebensbeschreibung
    8) (life imprisonment: He was given life for murder.) lebenslängliche Haftstrafe, lebenslang
    •
    - academic.ru/42849/lifeless">lifeless
    - lifelike
    - life-and-death
    - lifebelt
    - lifeboat
    - lifebuoy
    - life-cycle
    - life expectancy
    - lifeguard
    - life-jacket
    - lifeline
    - lifelong
    - life-saving
    - life-sized
    - life-size
    - lifetime
    - as large as life
    - bring to life
    - come to life
    - for life
    - the life and soul of the party
    - not for the life of me
    - not on your life! - take life
    - take one's life
    - take one's life in one's hands
    - to the life
    * * *
    <pl lives>
    [laɪf, pl laɪvz]
    I. n
    1. (existence) Leben nt
    cats are supposed to have nine lives man sagt, Katzen haben neun Leben nt
    run for your \life! renn um dein Leben!
    it's a matter of \life and death! es geht um Leben und Tod!
    a \life and death issue eine Frage, die über Leben und Tod entscheiden kann
    in a previous \life in einem früheren Leben
    to believe in \life after death an ein Leben nach dem Tod[e] glauben
    to depart this \life ( euph form) verscheiden euph geh
    to give [or lay down] one's \life for sb/sth sein Leben für jdn/etw geben
    to lose one's \life sein Leben lassen, ums Leben kommen
    to save sb's \life jdm das Leben retten
    to seek sb's \life jdm nach dem Leben trachten
    to take sb's \life ( form) jdn töten [o umbringen]
    to take one's own \life sich dat [selbst] das Leben nehmen
    2. no pl (quality, force) Leben nt
    \life is a precious gift das Leben ist ein wertvolles Gut
    he tried to discover some sign of \life in the boy's body er versuchte irgendein Lebenszeichen im Körper des Jungen festzustellen
    I love \life ich liebe das Leben
    to be one/another of \life's great mysteries ( hum) eines/ein weiteres der großen Geheimnisse des Lebens sein
    3. no pl (living things collectively) Leben nt
    there are no signs of \life on the planet auf dem Planeten gibt es keinen Hinweis auf Leben
    animal \life Tierwelt f
    plant \life Pflanzenwelt f
    insect \life Welt f der Insekten, Insekten pl
    intelligent/sentient \life intelligentes/empfindendes Leben
    4. no pl (mode or aspect of existence) Leben nt
    to be deeply rooted in American \life tief im Leben der Amerikaner verwurzelt sein
    family \life Familienleben nt
    love \life Liebesleben nt
    private \life Privatleben nt
    working \life Arbeitsleben nt
    5. no pl (energy) Lebendigkeit f
    come on, show a little \life! los, jetzt zeig' mal ein bisschen Temperament! fam
    put more \life into your voice bringen Sie etwas mehr Timbre in die Stimme
    there isn't much \life here hier ist nicht viel los
    to be full of \life voller Leben sein, vor Leben [nur so] sprühen
    to bring sth to \life etw lebendiger machen
    to come to \life lebendig werden fig
    after an hour the party finally came to \life nach einer Stunde kam endlich Leben in die Party
    6. (total circumstances of individual) Leben nt
    teaching has been her \life der Lehrberuf war ihr Leben
    she only wants two things in \life sie wünscht sich nur zwei Dinge im Leben
    who's the man in your \life now? [und] wer ist der neue Mann in deinem Leben?
    a dull/exciting \life ein langweiliges/aufregendes Leben
    to make [or start] a new \life ein neues Leben anfangen [o beginnen]
    to want sth out of [or in] \life etw vom Leben erwarten
    7. (person) Menschenleben nt
    how many lives were lost in the fire? wie viele Menschenleben hat der Brand gekostet?
    to save a \life ein Menschenleben retten
    8. (human activities) Leben nt
    I left home at 16 to see \life ich ging mit 16 von zu Hause fort, um etwas vom Leben und von der Welt zu sehen
    to give sb an outlook on \life jdm eine Lebenseinstellung vermitteln
    9. (biography) Biografie f, Lebensbeschreibung f
    10. (time until death) Leben nt
    ▪ for \life friendship lebenslang
    I believe marriage is for \life ich finde, eine Ehe sollte für das ganze Leben geschlossen werden
    he's behind bars for \life er sitzt lebenslänglich [hinter Gittern] fam
    a job for \life eine Stelle auf Lebenszeit
    11. (duration) of a device, battery Lebensdauer f, Nutzungsdauer f; of an institution Bestehen nt kein pl; of a contract Laufzeit f
    during the \life of the present parliament während der jetzigen Legislaturperiode [des Parlaments]
    12. no pl ( fam: prison sentence) lebenslänglich
    to be doing/get \life lebenslänglich sitzen fam/bekommen
    to draw [or sketch] sb/sth from \life jdn/etw nach einem Modell zeichnen/skizzieren
    taken from the \life nach einem Modell
    14. (reality)
    true to \life wirklichkeitsgetreu
    15.
    ▶ \life's a bitch (sl) das Leben kann manchmal schon verdammt hart sein! fam
    ▶ for dear \life verzweifelt
    she hung on for dear \life sie klammerte sich fest, als hinge ihr Leben davon ab
    ▶ to frighten [or scare] the \life out of sb jdn furchtbar [o zu Tode] erschrecken
    ▶ for the \life of me ( fam) um alles in der Welt fam
    ▶ not for the \life of me nicht um alles in der Welt
    ▶ to get a \life aufwachen fig, auf den Boden der Tatsachen zurückkommen
    get a \life! komm endlich auf den Boden der Tatsachen zurück!
    ▶ the good \life das süße Leben, das [o die] Dolce Vita
    ▶ it's a hard \life! ( iron fam) das Leben ist eins der härtesten fam
    ▶ how's \life [treating you]? ( fam) wie geht's [denn so]? fam
    ▶ larger than \life car, house riesig, riesengroß; person energiegeladen und charismatisch
    ▶ to lead [or live] the \life of Riley ( dated fam) leben wie Gott in Frankreich
    ▶ not on your \life! ( fam) nie im Leben! fam
    ▶ to be the \life [ BRIT and soul] of the/any party der [strahlende] Mittelpunkt der/jeder Party sein
    ▶ \life's rich tapestry die Sonnen- und Schattenseiten des Lebens
    ▶ to roar [or thunder] into \life mit aufheulendem Motor losfahren/starten
    ▶ to save one's [own] \life:
    he couldn't sing to save his \life er konnte ums Verrecken nicht singen sl
    ▶ to be set [up] for \life für den Rest des Lebens ausgesorgt haben
    ▶ to take one's \life in one's hands ( fam) Kopf und Kragen riskieren fam
    ▶ that's \life! [das ist] Schicksal! fam, so ist das Leben [eben]!
    ▶ this is the \life [for me]! so lässt sich's leben! fam, Mensch, ist das ein Leben! fam
    ▶ to be sb to the \life ( dated) jdm wie aus dem Gesicht geschnitten sein
    that sketch is Joanna to the \life diese Zeichnung trifft Joanna aufs Haar
    ▶ one's \life [or \life's] work jds Lebenswerk
    II. n modifier
    \life drawing/[drawing] class Aktzeichnung f/Aktzeichnen nt (Kunststunde, in der nach Modell gemalt wird)
    * * *
    [laɪf]
    n pl lives
    1) Leben nt

    bird/plant life — die Vogel-/Pflanzenwelt

    to bring sb back to life — jdn wiederbeleben, jdn ins Leben zurückrufen

    I'm the sort of person who comes to life in the evenings — ich bin ein Typ, der erst abends munter wird

    they swam for dear life —

    they looked at him in the oxygen tent fighting for dear life — sie sahen, wie er im Sauerstoffzelt um sein Leben kämpfte

    2)

    (= individual life) how many lives were lost? — wie viele (Menschen) sind ums Leben gekommen?

    to take one's own life — sich (dat) das Leben nehmen

    to save sb's life (lit) — jdm das Leben retten; (fig) jdn retten

    the suspected murderer is on trial for his life —

    early in life, in early life — in frühen Jahren

    later in life, in later life — in späteren Jahren, später im Leben

    I can't for the life of me... (inf) — ich kann beim besten Willen nicht...

    would you ever disobey him? – not on your life! (inf) — würdest du je seine Befehle missachten? – nie im Leben!

    get a life! (inf) — sonst hast du keine Probleme? (inf)

    it seemed to have a life of its own —

    he is a good/bad life (Insur) — er ist ein niedriges/hohes Risiko

    3)

    (= the world, social activity) to see life — die Welt sehen

    4) (= liveliness) Leben nt

    was full of life —

    of the party — John will überall im Mittelpunkt stehen

    5) (= way of life) Leben nt

    this is the life! — ja, ist das ein Leben!

    such is life, that's life — so ist das Leben

    6) (= useful or active life) Lebensdauer f

    during the life of the present Parliament —

    there's not much life left in the battery, the battery's nearing the end of its life — die Batterie machts nicht mehr lange (inf)

    7) (= biography) Biografie f; (of saint, king etc) Lebensbeschreibung f
    * * *
    life [laıf] pl lives [laıvz] s
    1. (organisches) Leben:
    how did life begin? wie ist das Leben entstanden?
    2. Leben(skraft) n(f)
    3. Leben n:
    a) Lebenserscheinungen pl
    b) Lebewesen pl:
    there is no life on the moon auf dem Mond gibt es kein Leben;
    marine life das Leben im Meer, die Lebenserscheinungen oder Lebewesen im Meer
    4. (Menschen) Leben n:
    they lost their lives sie verloren ihr Leben, sie kamen ums Leben;
    three lives were lost drei Menschenleben sind zu beklagen;
    with great sacrifice of life mit schweren Verlusten an Menschenleben;
    risk life and limb Leib und Leben riskieren
    5. Leben n (eines Einzelwesens):
    a matter (question) of life and death eine lebenswichtige Angelegenheit (Frage);
    early in life in jungen Jahren;
    my early life meine Jugend;
    late in life in vorgerücktem Alter;
    as much as one’s life is worth lebensgefährlich, weitS. sehr gefährlich oder riskant;
    as if ( oder though) his life depended on it als ob sein Leben davon abhinge, als ob es um sein Leben ginge;
    he’s out of my life er existiert für mich überhaupt nicht mehr; → danger A 1, matter A 3, own Bes Redew, risk B 1
    6. a) Leben n, Lebenszeit f, Lebensdauer f ( auch TECH einer Maschine etc), Dauer f, Bestehen n:
    all his life sein ganzes Leben lang;
    the life of a book die Erfolgszeit eines Buches;
    during the life of the republic während des Bestehens der Republik; → expectation 3
    b) WIRTSCH, JUR Laufzeit f (eines Wechsels, Vertrags etc), besonders WIRTSCH Haltbarkeit f, Lagerfähigkeit f:
    7. Leben n, Lebensweise f, -führung f, -art f, -wandel m: → anything A 2, married A 1, saint A 1
    8. Leben(sbeschreibung) n(f), Biografie f
    9. Leben n, menschliches Tun und Treiben, Welt f:
    life in Australia das Leben in Australien;
    see life das Leben kennenlernen oder genießen
    10. Leben n, Schwung m:
    full of life lebendig, voller Leben;
    the life of the Constitution der wesentliche Inhalt der Verfassung;
    he was the life and soul of the party er brachte Schwung in die Party, er unterhielt die ganze Party
    11. KUNST Leben n:
    from (the) life nach dem Leben, nach der Natur; → large A 1
    a) auf Lebenszeit Versicherte(r) m/f(m) (im Hinblick auf die Lebenserwartung)
    b) auch life business Lebensversicherungsgeschäft n
    13. JUR umg lebenslängliche Freiheitsstrafe:
    he is doing life er sitzt lebenslänglich;
    he got life er bekam „lebenslänglich“Besondere Redewendungen: for life
    a) fürs (ganze) Leben, für den Rest seines Lebens,
    b) besonders JUR, POL lebenslänglich, auf Lebenszeit appointed for life auf Lebenszeit ernannt;
    imprisonment for life lebenslängliche Freiheitsstrafe;
    not for the life of me umg nicht um alles in der Welt;
    I couldn’t get to sleep for the life of me umg ich konnte ums Verrecken nicht einschlafen;
    not on your life umg ganz bestimmt nicht, unter keinen Umständen;
    to the life nach dem Leben, lebensecht, naturgetreu;
    upon my life! so wahr ich lebe!;
    that’s life so ist nun einmal das Leben;
    music was his life die Musik war sein Leben;
    where ( oder while) there’s life there’s hope (Sprichwort) MED man darf die Hoffnung nie aufgeben, weitS. a. es hofft der Mensch, solange er lebt;
    a) auch put life into beleben, Leben oder Schwung bringen in (akk), auch jemanden in Schwung bringen
    b) ins Leben rufen come to life sich beleben, (auch Person) in Schwung kommen;
    after some time the party came to life nach einiger Zeit kam Leben oder Schwung in die Party;
    a) wieder zu(m) Bewusstsein oder zu sich kommen,
    b) wieder gesund werden lead ( oder live) the life of Riley Br umg wie Gott in Frankreich leben;
    run for dear ( oder one’s) life um sein Leben laufen;
    I couldn’t get it open to save my life umg ich brachte es nicht ums Verrecken auf;
    sell one’s life dearly sein Leben teuer verkaufen;
    show (signs of) life Lebenszeichen von sich geben;
    seek sb’s life jemandem nach dem Leben trachten;
    take sb’s life jemanden umbringen;
    take one’s own life sich das Leben nehmen;
    take one’s life in one’s (own) hands umg sein Leben riskieren oder aufs Spiel setzen; → bet B, bowl1 1 b, breathe B 1, bring back 4, charm B 2
    * * *
    noun
    , pl. lives
    1) Leben, das

    it is a matter of life and death — es geht [dabei] um Leben und Tod; (fig.): (it is of vital importance) es ist äußerst wichtig (to für)

    come to life — [Bild, Statue:] lebendig werden

    run etc. for one's life — um sein Leben rennen usw.

    for life — lebenslänglich [inhaftiert]

    he's doing life — (coll.) er sitzt lebenslänglich (ugs.)

    get life — (coll.) lebenslänglich kriegen (ugs.)

    expectation of life — Lebenserwartung, die

    get the fright/shock of one's life — (coll.) zu Tode erschrecken/den Schock seines Lebens bekommen (ugs.)

    he will do anything for a quiet life — für ihn ist die Hauptsache, dass er seine Ruhe hat

    make life easy for oneself/somebody — es sich (Dat.) /jemandem leicht machen

    make life difficult for oneself/somebody — sich (Dat.) /jemandem das Leben schwer machen

    this is the life! — (expr. content) so lässt sich's leben!

    that's life, life's like that — so ist das Leben [nun mal]

    not on your life — (coll.) nie im Leben! (ugs.)

    save one's/somebody's life — sein Leben/jemandem das Leben retten

    take one's [own] life — sich (Dat.) das Leben nehmen

    get a life — (coll.) was aus seinem Leben machen

    2) (energy, animation) Leben, das

    there is still life in something — in etwas (Dat.) steckt noch Leben

    bird/insect life — die Vogelwelt/die Insekten

    as large as life — (life-size) lebensgroß; (in person) in voller Schönheit (ugs. scherzh.)

    5) (specific aspect) [Privat-, Wirtschafts-, Dorf]leben, das

    in this life — (on earth) in diesem Leben

    the other or the future or the next life — (in heaven) das zukünftige Leben [nach dem Tode]

    eternal or everlasting life — ewiges Leben

    6) (of battery, lightbulb, etc.) Lebensdauer, die
    * * *
    n.
    (§ pl.: lives)
    = Leben -- n.
    Lebensdauer f.

    English-german dictionary > life

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • Sacrifice of the Mass — • The word Mass (missa) first established itself as the general designation for the Eucharistic Sacrifice in the West after the time of Pope Gregory the Great, the early Church having used the expression the breaking of bread (fractio panis) or… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • HISTORICAL SURVEY: THE STATE AND ITS ANTECEDENTS (1880–2006) — Introduction It took the new Jewish nation about 70 years to emerge as the State of Israel. The immediate stimulus that initiated the modern return to Zion was the disappointment, in the last quarter of the 19th century, of the expectation that… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • Sacrifice — • This term is identical with the English offering (Latin offerre) and the German Opfer Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Sacrifice     Sacrifice      …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Church —     The Church     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Church     The term church (Anglo Saxon, cirice, circe; Modern German, Kirche; Sw., Kyrka) is the name employed in the Teutonic languages to render the Greek ekklesia (ecclesia), the term by which… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) —     The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     I. IN THE UNITED STATES     Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • State and Church — • The Church and the State are both perfect societies, that is to say, each essentially aiming at a common good commensurate with the need of mankind at large and ultimate in a generic kind of life, and each juridically competent to provide all… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Blessed Eucharist as a Sacrament —     The Blessed Eucharist as a Sacrament     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Eucharist as a Sacrament     Since Christ is present under the appearances of bread and wine in a sacramental way, the Blessed Eucharist is unquestionably a… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Blessed Virgin Mary —     The Blessed Virgin Mary     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Blessed Virgin Mary     The Blessed Virgin Mary is the mother of Jesus Christ, the mother of God.     In general, the theology and history of Mary the Mother of God follow the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Byzantine Empire —     The Byzantine Empire     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Byzantine Empire     The ancient Roman Empire having been divided into two parts, an Eastern and a Western, the Eastern remained subject to successors of Constantine, whose capital was at …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Rush Limbaugh Show — Genre Talk show Running time 3 hours Country United States …   Wikipedia

  • The Westing Game —   The 1992 P …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»